Merge from emacs-24; up to r117395
[emacs/old-mirror.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobeca209012d69215074b78085f2b2af8646eba9ca
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
69 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
100 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 20521 870414 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21350
841 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 62246
1456 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21425
1608 ;;;;;; 43779 760127 645000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838 ;;;***
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1841 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21414 44327
1878 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917 Special information:
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967 ;;;***
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1978 ;;;***
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1981 ;;;;;; 0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003 ;;;***
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2006 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013 What is blackbox?
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2022 Overview of play:
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044 Details:
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21397 35239 170099
2126 ;;;;;; 0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;***
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2320 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2370 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2374 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2383 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2384 to use.
2386 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2389 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2390 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2391 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2406 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2407 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2425 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2426 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2429 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2436 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2437 Firefox.
2439 When called interactively, if variable
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2441 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2442 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2443 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2450 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2453 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2454 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2455 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2456 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2457 URL in a new window.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2464 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2465 Chromium.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2472 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2480 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2481 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2496 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2500 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2501 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2531 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2532 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2536 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2537 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2546 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2549 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2550 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2559 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2560 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2569 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2575 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2576 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2577 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2580 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2581 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2590 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2591 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2592 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2593 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2594 current one.
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2602 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2609 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2610 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2611 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2623 Default to the URL around the point.
2625 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2626 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2629 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 ;;;***
2635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2637 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2640 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2647 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2648 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2649 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2653 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2654 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656 \(fn)" t nil)
2658 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2659 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 \\<bs-mode-map>
2661 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2662 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2663 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2667 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2668 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2669 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2670 name of buffer configuration.
2672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674 ;;;***
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21410 47268 609529
2677 ;;;;;; 0))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 Play Bubbles game.
2682 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2683 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2684 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2685 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2686 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2687 columns on its right towards the left.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694 \(fn)" t nil)
2696 ;;;***
2698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2699 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717 ;;;***
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21334
2720 ;;;;;; 16805 699731 0))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838 ;;;***
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21350
2841 ;;;;;; 5031 352444 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 ;;;***
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2851 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;***
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2863 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875 ;;;***
2877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21377 49959 896066 0))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2879 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2881 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2887 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2889 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2892 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2894 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2899 \(fn)" t nil)
2901 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2903 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2904 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2912 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2918 See calc-keypad for details.
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2923 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2928 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2933 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2938 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2939 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2944 Define Calc function.
2946 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2947 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2948 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2951 actual Lisp function name.
2953 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959 ;;;***
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2962 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2968 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970 ;;;***
2972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21417 20521 870414
2973 ;;;;;; 0))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2977 Run the Emacs calculator.
2978 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980 \(fn)" t nil)
2982 ;;;***
2984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21403 21198
2985 ;;;;;; 190145 203000))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2989 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2990 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2991 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2992 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2993 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2996 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2997 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2998 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2999 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3000 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3001 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3003 window.
3005 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3006 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3009 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3010 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3011 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3012 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3013 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015 Runs the following hooks:
3017 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3018 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3019 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3020 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026 ;;;***
3028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3029 ;;;;;; 0))
3030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3033 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3038 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3039 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3040 it fails.
3042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044 ;;;***
3046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3047 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3049 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3051 ;;;***
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21425
3054 ;;;;;; 14635 268306 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3057 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3058 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3060 \(fn)" nil nil)
3062 ;;;***
3064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21419 62246
3065 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
3066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3068 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3069 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3072 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3074 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3075 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3077 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3079 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3080 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3081 made from scratch.
3083 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3085 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3086 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3097 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3099 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3100 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3101 made from scratch.
3103 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3105 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3117 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3128 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3129 variables are guessed:
3131 * `c-basic-offset', and
3132 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3133 `c-offsets-alist'.
3135 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3136 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3138 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3139 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3143 guess is made from scratch.
3145 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3146 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3152 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3153 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3155 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3156 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3157 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3159 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3161 ;;;***
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3164 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3167 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3168 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3169 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3170 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3171 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3172 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3173 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3175 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3185 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3187 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3188 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3189 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3190 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{c-mode-map}
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3204 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3205 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3206 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3207 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3208 message.
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c++-mode-map}
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3221 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3224 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{objc-mode-map}
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3240 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Java code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{java-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3259 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3277 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3279 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{pike-mode-map}
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3305 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3306 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3307 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{awk-mode-map}
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3319 ;;;***
3321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3322 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3325 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3326 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3327 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3328 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3330 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3332 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3333 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3334 might get set too.
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3337 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3338 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3339 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3340 in this way.
3342 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3343 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3344 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3345 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3346 a null operation.
3348 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3350 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3352 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3353 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3355 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3357 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3358 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3359 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3361 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3363 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3364 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3365 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3366 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3367 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3369 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3371 ;;;***
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3374 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3376 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3377 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3378 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3380 ;;;***
3382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3383 ;;;;;; 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3386 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3387 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3389 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3391 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3392 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3394 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3396 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3397 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3399 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3400 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3401 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3402 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3403 execution.
3405 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3407 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3409 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3410 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3412 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3413 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3415 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3417 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3418 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3419 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3420 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3421 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3422 `write' commands.
3424 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3425 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3426 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3429 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3430 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3431 semantics.
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3435 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3437 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3439 STATEMENT :=
3440 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3441 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3443 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3444 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3445 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3446 | integer
3448 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3450 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3451 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3452 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3454 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3455 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3456 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3458 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3459 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3461 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3462 BREAK := (break)
3464 REPEAT :=
3465 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3466 (repeat)
3467 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3468 ;; (repeat))
3469 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3471 ;; (read REG)
3472 ;; (repeat))
3473 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3474 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3475 ;; (read REG)
3476 ;; (repeat))
3477 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3479 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3480 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3481 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3482 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3483 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3484 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3486 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3487 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3489 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3490 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3491 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3492 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3493 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3494 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3496 WRITE :=
3497 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3498 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3499 ;; representation.
3500 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3501 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; (write r7))
3503 | (write EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3505 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3506 ;; representation.
3507 | (write integer)
3508 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3509 ;; buffer.
3510 | (write string)
3511 ;; Same as: (write string)
3512 | string
3513 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3514 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3515 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3516 ;; representation.
3517 | (write REG ARRAY)
3518 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3519 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3520 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3521 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3522 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3523 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3525 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3526 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3528 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3529 END := (end)
3531 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3532 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3533 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3535 ARG := REG | integer
3537 OPERATOR :=
3538 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3539 + | - | * | / | %
3541 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | & | `|' | ^
3544 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3545 | << | >>
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3548 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3549 | <8
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3552 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3553 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3554 | >8
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3558 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3559 | //
3561 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3564 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3565 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3568 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3569 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3570 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3571 | de-sjis
3573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3574 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3575 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3578 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3579 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3580 ;; byte of SJIS.
3581 | en-sjis
3583 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3584 ;; Same meaning as C code
3585 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3587 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3588 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3589 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3590 | <8=
3592 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3593 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3594 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3596 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3597 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3598 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3599 | //=
3601 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3604 TRANSLATE :=
3605 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3606 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3607 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3608 LOOKUP :=
3609 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3610 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3611 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3612 MAP :=
3613 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3614 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3615 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3616 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3617 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3618 MAP-ID := integer
3620 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3622 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3624 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3625 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3626 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3627 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3628 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3629 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3631 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3633 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3634 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3635 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3637 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3639 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3641 ;;;***
3643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3644 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3647 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3648 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3649 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3650 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3652 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3654 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3656 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3657 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3659 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3661 ;;;***
3663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3664 ;;;;;; 0))
3665 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3666 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3668 ;;;***
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3671 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3673 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3675 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3676 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3677 There are no special keybindings by default.
3679 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3680 to the action header.
3682 \(fn)" t nil)
3684 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3685 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3686 There are no special keybindings by default.
3688 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3689 to the action header.
3691 \(fn)" t nil)
3693 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3694 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3695 on the buffer contents
3697 \(fn)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3702 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3706 ;;;***
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3712 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3713 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3714 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3716 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3718 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3719 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3720 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3722 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3724 ;;;***
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3727 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3742 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3744 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3748 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3749 the users will view as each check is completed.
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3754 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3755 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3756 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3757 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3758 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3759 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3760 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3762 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3765 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3766 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3767 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3768 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3769 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3770 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3771 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3773 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3776 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3777 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3778 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3779 spacing are all verified.
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3785 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3786 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3787 otherwise stop after the first error.
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3792 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3793 Only documentation strings are checked.
3794 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3796 a separate buffer.
3798 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3801 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3802 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3803 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3804 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3809 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3810 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3811 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3812 if there is one.
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3817 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3819 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3820 if there is one.
3821 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3826 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3827 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3833 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3834 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3835 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3840 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3841 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3842 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3843 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3844 space at the end of each line.
3846 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3850 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3912 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3917 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3918 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3919 checking of documentation strings.
3921 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3925 ;;;***
3927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3928 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3931 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3932 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3933 Return the length of resulting text.
3935 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3938 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3942 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3943 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3944 Return the length of resulting text.
3946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3949 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3956 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3958 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3963 ;;;***
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3966 ;;;;;; 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3969 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3970 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3971 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3972 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3973 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3974 editing and the result is evaluated.
3976 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3979 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3980 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3981 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3982 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3984 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3989 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3990 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3991 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3992 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3994 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3995 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3996 \\{command-history-map}
3998 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3999 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4001 \(fn)" t nil)
4003 ;;;***
4005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4006 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4009 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4010 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4011 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4012 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4013 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4014 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4015 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4016 of this function.
4018 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4019 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4020 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4021 property are:
4023 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4024 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4026 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4027 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4028 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4029 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4030 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4031 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4032 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4033 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4034 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4035 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4036 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4037 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4039 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4040 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4041 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4043 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4044 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4045 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4046 list elements are:
4048 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4050 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4052 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4054 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4055 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4057 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4058 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4060 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4061 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4062 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4063 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4064 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4065 value specified by their associated list element.
4067 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4069 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4070 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4071 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4073 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4074 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4075 * indent the first argument by 4.
4076 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4077 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4078 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4080 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4081 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4082 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4083 instead.
4085 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4087 ;;;***
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21372 32036
4090 ;;;;;; 731951 0))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4092 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4096 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4097 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4098 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4099 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4100 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4101 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4103 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4104 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4106 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4108 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4110 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4112 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4114 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4116 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4118 ;;;***
4120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4124 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4125 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4126 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4127 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4129 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4130 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4131 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4132 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4134 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4135 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4137 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4139 ;;;***
4141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4142 ;;;;;; 0))
4143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4145 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4146 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4147 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4148 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4149 of `scheme-program-name').
4150 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4151 it is given as initial input.
4152 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4153 discards input when it starts up.
4154 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4155 is run).
4156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4158 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4160 ;;;***
4162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4165 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4166 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4167 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4168 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4170 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4171 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4173 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4174 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4175 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4177 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4179 ;;;***
4181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4184 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4185 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4186 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4187 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4188 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4189 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4190 functions have already modified the buffer.
4192 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4194 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4195 either globally or locally.")
4197 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4198 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4199 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4200 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4202 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4203 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4204 `start-file-process'
4205 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4206 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4207 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4209 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4210 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4212 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4214 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4216 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4218 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4219 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4220 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4221 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4222 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4223 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4224 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4225 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4226 process as its initial input.
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4230 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4232 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4234 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4235 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4236 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4237 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4238 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4239 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4241 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4243 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4245 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4246 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4247 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4248 directory tracking functions.")
4250 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4251 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4252 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4254 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4256 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4258 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4259 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4260 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4262 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4264 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to current process.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4271 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4274 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4275 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4276 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4278 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4280 ;;;***
4282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4283 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4286 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4287 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4288 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4289 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4291 This command pushes the mark in each window
4292 at the prior location of point in that window.
4293 If both windows display the same buffer,
4294 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4295 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4297 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4298 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4299 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4300 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4301 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4302 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4303 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4304 ignored.
4306 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4307 this command work in interlaced mode:
4308 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4309 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4310 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4312 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4314 ;;;***
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21383 2343
4317 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4320 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4321 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4323 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4325 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4326 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4327 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4329 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4331 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4332 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4333 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4335 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4337 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4338 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4339 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4340 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4341 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4343 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4344 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4345 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4346 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4347 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4349 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4350 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4351 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4352 describing how the process finished.")
4354 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4355 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4356 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4357 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4358 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4360 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4361 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4362 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4367 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4368 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4369 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4374 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4376 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4377 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4379 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4380 (lambda ()
4381 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4382 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4383 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4384 (concat \"make -k \"
4385 (if buffer-file-name
4386 (shell-quote-argument
4387 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4389 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4390 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4392 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4393 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4394 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4395 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4399 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4400 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4401 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4402 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4404 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4405 and move to the source code that caused it.
4407 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4408 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4410 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4411 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4412 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4413 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4414 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4416 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4417 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4418 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4419 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4421 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4422 kills its subprocesses.
4424 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4425 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4426 to a function that generates a unique name.
4428 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4430 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4431 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4432 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4433 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4435 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4436 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4438 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4439 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4440 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4441 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4443 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4444 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4445 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4447 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4452 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4453 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4454 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4455 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4457 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4459 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4461 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4463 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4466 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4468 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4469 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4471 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4472 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4473 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4474 See `compilation-mode'.
4476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4478 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4479 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4481 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4482 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4484 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4485 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4486 `compilation-mode'.
4488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4490 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4491 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4492 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4494 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4496 ;;;***
4498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4499 ;;;;;; 0))
4500 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4502 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4503 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4504 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4507 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4509 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4511 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4512 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519 ;;;***
4521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4522 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4525 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4526 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4527 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4528 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4529 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4530 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4531 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4533 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4534 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4535 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4537 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4538 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4539 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4541 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4542 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4543 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4544 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4546 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4547 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4548 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4549 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4550 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4551 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4552 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4554 \\{conf-mode-map}
4556 \(fn)" t nil)
4558 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4560 Comments start with `#'.
4561 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4563 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4565 \[Desktop Entry]
4566 Encoding=UTF-8
4567 Name=The GIMP
4568 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4569 Name[cs]=GIMP
4571 \(fn)" t nil)
4573 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4575 Comments start with `;'.
4576 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4578 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4580 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4581 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4582 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4584 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4585 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4591 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4592 between `/*' and `*/'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4596 // another kind of comment
4597 /* yet another */
4599 name:value
4600 name=value
4601 name value
4602 x.1 =
4603 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4610 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4611 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4612 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4613 `conf-space-keywords'.
4614 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4615 in an interactive fashion instead.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4621 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4622 image/png png
4623 image/tiff tiff tif
4625 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4626 class desktop
4627 # Standard multimedia devices
4628 add /dev/audio desktop
4629 add /dev/mixer desktop
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4633 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4634 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4635 See `conf-space-mode'.
4637 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4646 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4647 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4651 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4652 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4653 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4658 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4659 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4661 \(fn)" t nil)
4663 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4665 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4668 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4670 *background: gray99
4671 *foreground: black
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 ;;;***
4677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4678 ;;;;;; 0))
4679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4681 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4682 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4683 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4684 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4685 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4686 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4688 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4691 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4692 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4693 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4695 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4697 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4698 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4699 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4700 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4704 ;;;***
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4707 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4709 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4710 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4711 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4713 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4714 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4715 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4716 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4717 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4718 following the copyright are updated as well.
4719 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4720 interactively.
4722 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4724 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4725 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4726 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4727 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4728 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4733 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4735 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4739 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4741 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4743 ;;;***
4745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4746 ;;;;;; 49087 974317 0))
4747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4748 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4759 Tab indents for Perl code.
4760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4768 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4771 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4772 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4785 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4795 bite if angry;
4797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4800 to nil.)
4802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4811 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4816 if (A) { B }
4818 into
4820 B if A;
4822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4847 man via menu.
4849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4857 span the needed amount of lines.
4859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4864 Variables controlling indentation style:
4865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4870 `cperl-auto-newline'
4871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4879 `cperl-indent-level'
4880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4889 `cperl-brace-offset'
4890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4894 `cperl-label-offset'
4895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4899 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4901 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4902 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4906 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4907 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4908 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4909 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4911 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4912 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4913 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4915 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4916 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4917 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4919 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4920 column 0 is indented on
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4923 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4924 with no args.
4926 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4927 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4928 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4930 \(fn)" t nil)
4932 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4933 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4935 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4937 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4938 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4940 \(fn)" t nil)
4942 ;;;***
4944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4945 ;;;;;; 0))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4948 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4949 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4950 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4951 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4952 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4961 ;;;***
4963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4964 ;;;;;; 0))
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4967 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4968 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4969 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4970 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4971 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4972 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4973 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4974 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4976 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4977 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4979 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4980 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4981 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4983 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4984 with empty strings removed.
4986 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4988 ;;;***
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
4991 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4994 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4995 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4999 ;;;***
5001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5002 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5005 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5006 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5007 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5010 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5012 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5014 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5015 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5020 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5021 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5022 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5023 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5024 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5025 normal function of these prefix keys.
5027 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5028 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5029 options:
5030 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5031 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5032 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5034 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5035 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5036 the prefix fallback behavior.
5038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5040 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5041 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5045 ;;;***
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5048 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5051 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5052 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5053 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5057 ;;;***
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
5060 ;;;;;; 0))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5063 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5064 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5066 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5068 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5069 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5071 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5073 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5074 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5078 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5079 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5081 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5082 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5084 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5085 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5087 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5089 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5091 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5092 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5093 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5095 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5096 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5098 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5099 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5101 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5102 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5104 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5106 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5108 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5109 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5110 Return VALUE.
5112 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5113 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5115 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5116 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5119 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5121 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5123 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5125 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5126 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5127 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5128 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5130 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5131 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5132 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5134 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5136 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5137 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5138 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5139 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5140 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5144 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5146 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5147 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5149 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5151 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5152 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5153 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5155 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5157 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5158 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5160 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5162 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5164 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5169 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5171 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5173 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5175 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5177 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5178 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5179 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5180 as part of Emacs itself.
5182 Each elements looks like this:
5184 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5186 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5187 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5188 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5189 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5190 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5191 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5192 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5193 and `defface'.
5195 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5197 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5198 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5199 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5200 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5203 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5204 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5205 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5206 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5208 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5210 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5212 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5213 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5214 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5215 release.
5217 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5218 that were added or redefined since that version.
5220 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5222 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5224 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5225 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5227 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5229 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5230 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5232 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5234 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5236 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5238 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5239 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5241 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5243 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5246 \(fn)" t nil)
5248 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5251 \(fn)" t nil)
5253 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all saved options and faces.
5256 \(fn)" t nil)
5258 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5260 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5261 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5262 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5263 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5265 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5266 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5267 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5269 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5271 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5274 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5279 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5284 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5286 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5287 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5288 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5289 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5290 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5291 that option.
5292 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5294 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5296 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5298 The result includes selecting that window.
5299 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5300 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5301 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5302 that option.
5304 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5307 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5311 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5312 File used for storing customization information.
5313 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5314 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5315 it should be an absolute file name.
5317 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5318 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5319 something like the following in your init file:
5321 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5322 \(load custom-file)
5324 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5325 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5327 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5328 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5329 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5330 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5331 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5333 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5334 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5335 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5336 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5337 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5338 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5339 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5340 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5341 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5342 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5344 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5346 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5347 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5349 \(fn)" nil nil)
5351 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5352 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5356 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5358 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5360 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5364 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5365 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5366 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5368 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5370 ;;;***
5372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5373 ;;;;;; 0))
5374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5376 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5377 Create or edit a custom theme.
5378 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5379 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5380 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5381 from the Custom save file.
5382 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5383 named *Custom Theme*.
5385 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5387 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5390 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5393 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5395 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5397 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5398 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5399 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5400 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5404 ;;;***
5406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5407 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5410 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5411 Mode used for cvs status output.
5413 \(fn)" t nil)
5415 ;;;***
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5418 ;;;;;; 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5420 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5422 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5423 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5425 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5427 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5428 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5429 C++ modes are included.
5431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5437 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5439 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5440 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5441 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5444 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5446 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5448 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5449 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5450 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5451 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5452 ARG is omitted or nil.
5454 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5455 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5456 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5460 ;;;***
5462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5463 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5466 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5467 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5469 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5471 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5472 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5476 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5478 For readability, the table is slightly
5479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5487 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5489 ;;;***
5491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5492 ;;;;;; 0))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5494 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5495 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5496 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5497 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5499 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5500 Completion on current word.
5501 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5502 and presents suggestions for completion.
5504 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5505 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5506 completions.
5508 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5509 then it searches *all* buffers.
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5513 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5514 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5516 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5517 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5518 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5519 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5520 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5522 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5523 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5525 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5526 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5527 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5529 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5530 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5532 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5536 ;;;***
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5539 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5542 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5543 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5545 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5547 ;;;***
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5552 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5553 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5554 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5555 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5556 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5558 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5563 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5566 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5567 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5569 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5570 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5571 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5573 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5574 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5575 Data lines are not indented.
5577 Key bindings:
5579 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5580 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5582 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5583 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5584 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5585 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5587 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5589 dcl-basic-offset
5590 Extra indentation within blocks.
5592 dcl-continuation-offset
5593 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5595 dcl-margin-offset
5596 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5598 dcl-margin-label-offset
5599 Indentation for a label.
5601 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5602 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5604 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5605 dcl-block-end-regexp
5606 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5607 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5608 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5609 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5610 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5612 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5613 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5614 Two such functions are included in the package:
5615 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5616 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5619 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5620 One such function is included in the package:
5621 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5623 dcl-tab-always-indent
5624 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5625 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5626 margin.
5628 dcl-electric-characters
5629 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5630 typed.
5632 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5633 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5634 which words trigger electric indentation.
5636 dcl-tempo-comma
5637 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5638 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5639 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5641 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5642 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5643 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5644 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5646 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5647 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5648 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5649 dcl-imenu-label-call
5650 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5652 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5653 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5654 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5655 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5658 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5660 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5661 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5662 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5663 $ i = 1
5664 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5665 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5666 $ label:
5667 $ if i.eq.1
5668 $ then
5669 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5670 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5671 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5672 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5673 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5674 \"lined up with the command line\"
5675 $ type sys$input
5676 Data lines are not indented at all.
5677 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5678 $ endif
5682 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5683 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5685 \(fn)" t nil)
5687 ;;;***
5689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5690 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5693 (setq debugger 'debug)
5695 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5696 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5697 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5698 of the evaluator.
5700 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5701 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5702 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5704 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5706 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5707 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5709 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5712 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5713 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5714 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5715 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5716 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5718 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5719 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5721 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5723 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5724 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5725 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5726 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5727 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5729 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5731 ;;;***
5733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5734 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5737 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5738 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5740 \(fn)" t nil)
5742 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5743 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5744 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5745 Upper-case letters are commands.
5747 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5748 modify it.
5750 The most useful commands are:
5751 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5752 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5753 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5754 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5755 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5756 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 ;;;***
5762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5763 ;;;;;; 0))
5764 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5765 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5767 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5768 Customization of `columns' group.
5770 \(fn)" t nil)
5772 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5773 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5775 START and END delimits the text region.
5777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5779 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5780 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5782 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5786 ;;;***
5788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5791 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5793 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5794 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5795 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5798 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5800 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5802 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5803 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5805 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5806 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5808 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5809 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5810 point regardless of any selection.
5812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5814 ;;;***
5816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5817 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5820 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5821 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5823 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5825 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5826 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5827 or nil if there is no parent.
5828 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5829 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5830 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5831 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5832 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5834 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5835 arguments are currently understood:
5836 :group GROUP
5837 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5838 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5839 :syntax-table TABLE
5840 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5841 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5842 :abbrev-table TABLE
5843 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5844 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5846 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5848 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5850 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5851 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5852 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5854 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5855 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5857 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5858 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5859 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5861 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5862 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5864 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5865 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5867 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5869 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5871 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5873 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5874 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5875 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5876 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5877 the first time the mode is used.
5879 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5881 ;;;***
5883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5884 ;;;;;; 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5887 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5888 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5889 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5890 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5891 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5892 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5893 otherwise.
5895 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5898 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5899 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5900 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5902 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5903 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5904 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5906 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5907 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5908 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5909 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5910 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5911 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5912 relevant to POS.
5914 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5916 ;;;***
5918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21419 62246 751914
5919 ;;;;;; 0))
5920 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5922 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5923 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5924 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5927 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5929 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5931 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5932 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5934 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5935 is omitted or nil.
5937 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5938 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5939 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5940 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5942 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5943 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5945 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5946 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5948 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5950 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5954 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5955 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5956 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5957 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5959 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5961 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5962 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5964 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5965 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5966 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5968 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5969 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5971 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5972 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5973 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5975 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5976 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5977 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5978 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5980 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5982 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5983 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5985 Handlers are called with argument list
5987 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5989 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5991 `desktop-file-version'
5992 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5993 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5994 `desktop-buffer-point'
5995 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5996 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5997 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5999 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6000 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6002 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6003 code like
6005 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6007 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6008 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6010 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6012 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6014 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6016 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6017 List elements must have the form
6019 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6021 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6022 function.
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6030 `desktop-file-version'
6031 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6032 `desktop-buffer-name'
6033 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6034 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6035 `desktop-buffer-point'
6036 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6037 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6038 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6040 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6041 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6042 created and set.
6044 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6045 code like
6047 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6049 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6050 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6052 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6054 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6056 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6058 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6059 Empty the Desktop.
6060 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6061 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6062 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6063 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6064 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6065 if different).
6067 \(fn)" t nil)
6069 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6070 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6071 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6072 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6073 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6074 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6076 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6079 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6080 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6082 \(fn)" t nil)
6084 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6085 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6086 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6087 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6088 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6089 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6090 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6091 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6093 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6095 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6096 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6097 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6099 \(fn)" nil nil)
6101 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6103 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6104 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6105 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6106 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6107 directory DIRNAME.
6109 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6111 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6112 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6114 \(fn)" t nil)
6116 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6117 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6119 \(fn)" t nil)
6121 ;;;***
6123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6124 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6127 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6128 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6129 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6130 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6131 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6132 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6134 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6137 Repair a broken attribution line.
6138 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6140 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6142 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6143 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6144 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6145 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6147 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6149 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6150 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6152 \(fn)" t nil)
6154 ;;;***
6156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21350
6157 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
6158 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6160 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6161 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6162 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6163 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6164 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6168 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6169 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6170 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6171 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6173 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6174 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6175 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6176 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6178 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6179 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6181 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6182 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6183 calendar-date-style 'european
6184 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6186 \(diary-mail-entries)
6188 # diary-rem.el ends here
6190 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6192 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6193 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6195 \(fn)" t nil)
6197 ;;;***
6199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6202 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6203 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6205 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6207 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6208 The command to use to run diff.")
6210 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6212 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6213 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6214 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6215 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6216 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6217 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6219 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6220 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6221 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6223 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6226 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6227 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6228 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6229 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6230 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6232 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6234 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6235 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6237 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6239 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6240 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6241 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6243 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6245 ;;;***
6247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21409 26408
6248 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6251 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6252 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6253 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6254 normal diffs.
6256 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6257 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6258 headers for you on-the-fly.
6260 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6261 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6262 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6264 \\{diff-mode-map}
6266 \(fn)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6269 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6270 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6271 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6272 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6274 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278 ;;;***
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6283 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6284 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6285 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6287 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
6292 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6294 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6295 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6296 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6297 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6298 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6299 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6300 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6301 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6303 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6305 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6306 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6307 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6308 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6309 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6310 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6312 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6313 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6314 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6315 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6316 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6317 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6318 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6319 list of files to make directory entries for.
6320 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6321 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6322 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6324 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6326 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6327 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6329 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6330 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6332 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6333 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6335 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6336 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6338 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6340 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6341 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6343 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6346 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6347 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6348 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6349 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6350 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6351 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6352 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6353 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6354 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6355 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6356 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6357 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6358 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6359 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6360 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6361 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6362 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6363 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6364 to see why something went wrong.
6365 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6366 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6367 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6368 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6369 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6370 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6371 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6372 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6373 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6374 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6375 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6376 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6377 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6379 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6380 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6381 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6382 again for the directory tree.
6384 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6385 for more info):
6387 `dired-listing-switches'
6388 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6389 `dired-marker-char'
6390 `dired-del-marker'
6391 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6393 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6394 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6396 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6398 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6399 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6400 `dired-mode-hook'
6401 `dired-load-hook'
6403 Keybindings:
6404 \\{dired-mode-map}
6406 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6407 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6412 ;;;;;; 0))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6415 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6416 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6417 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6418 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6419 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6421 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6422 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6423 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6425 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6426 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6427 directory.
6429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6432 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6433 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6434 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6435 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6436 from `default-directory'.
6438 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6440 ;;;***
6442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6443 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6446 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6447 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6448 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6449 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6450 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6451 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6453 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6455 ;;;***
6457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6458 ;;;;;; 0))
6459 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6461 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6462 Return a new, empty display table.
6464 \(fn)" nil nil)
6466 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6467 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6468 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6469 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6470 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6472 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6474 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6475 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6476 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6477 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6478 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6480 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6482 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6483 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6485 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6487 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6488 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6490 \(fn)" t nil)
6492 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6493 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6495 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6496 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6498 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6499 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6500 byte.
6502 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6503 in the default way after this call.
6505 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6507 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6508 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6510 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6512 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6513 Display character C using printable string S.
6515 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6517 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6518 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6519 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6520 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6522 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6524 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6525 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6526 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6527 X frame.
6529 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6532 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6534 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6536 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6537 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6539 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6541 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6542 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6544 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6546 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6547 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6549 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6551 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6552 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6554 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6557 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6559 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6560 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6562 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6563 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6565 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6566 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6567 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6568 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6570 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6571 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6572 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6573 in `.emacs'.
6575 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6577 ;;;***
6579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6580 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6583 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6584 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6585 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6586 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6587 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6588 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6589 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6590 Default is 2.
6592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6594 ;;;***
6596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6599 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6600 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6601 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6602 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6603 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6604 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6605 private or ask).
6606 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6607 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6608 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6609 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6610 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6612 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6614 ;;;***
6616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6617 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6620 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6621 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6622 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6623 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6624 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6625 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6626 table and its own syntax table.
6628 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6631 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6633 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6634 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6636 \(fn)" t nil)
6638 ;;;***
6640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21364 37926 837230
6641 ;;;;;; 0))
6642 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6644 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6645 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6646 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6647 OpenDocument format).
6649 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6651 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6652 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6654 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6655 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6657 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6658 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6659 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6661 \(fn)" t nil)
6663 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6664 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6665 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6666 to the next best mode.
6668 \(fn)" nil nil)
6670 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6671 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6676 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6683 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6685 ;;;***
6687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6688 ;;;;;; 0))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6691 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6692 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6701 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6702 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6704 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6705 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6707 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6708 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6712 ;;;***
6714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21406 50214 284651
6715 ;;;;;; 0))
6716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6717 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6719 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6720 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6722 \(fn)" t nil)
6724 ;;;***
6726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21259
6727 ;;;;;; 10807 217062 0))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6730 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6732 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6733 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6734 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6735 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6736 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6738 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6739 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6740 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6741 and disables it otherwise.
6743 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6744 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6745 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6746 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6748 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6749 documenting what its argument does.
6751 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6752 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6753 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6754 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6755 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6756 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6757 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6758 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6760 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6761 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6762 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6763 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6764 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6765 mode is global):
6767 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6768 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6769 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6770 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6771 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6772 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6773 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6774 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6775 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6776 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6777 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6778 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6779 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6780 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6781 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6782 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6783 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6784 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6785 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6786 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6787 in :variable).
6789 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6790 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6792 For example, you could write
6793 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6794 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6795 ...BODY CODE...)
6797 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6799 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6801 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6803 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6805 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6806 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6807 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6808 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6809 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6810 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6811 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6812 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6813 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6814 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6815 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6816 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6818 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6819 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6820 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6821 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6822 call another major mode in their body.
6824 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6825 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6826 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6828 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6830 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6832 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6833 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6834 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6835 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6836 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6837 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6838 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6840 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6842 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6843 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6844 :inherit Parent keymap.
6845 :group Ignored.
6846 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6847 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6851 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6853 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6854 the constant's documentation.
6856 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6859 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6860 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6862 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6864 ;;;***
6866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6867 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6870 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6871 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6872 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6873 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6875 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6876 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6877 as a top-level menu bar item.
6879 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6880 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6881 pairs:
6883 :filter FUNCTION
6884 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6885 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6886 items to actually display.
6888 :visible INCLUDE
6889 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6890 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6891 alias for `:visible'.
6893 :active ENABLE
6894 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6895 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6896 an alias for `:active'.
6898 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6899 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6901 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6903 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6905 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6906 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6908 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6909 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6911 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6913 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6915 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6916 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6918 :keys KEYS
6919 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6920 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6921 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6922 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6924 :key-sequence KEYS
6925 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6926 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6927 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6928 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6930 :active ENABLE
6931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6932 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6933 alias for `:active'.
6935 :visible INCLUDE
6936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6938 `:visible'.
6940 :label FORM
6941 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6942 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6944 :suffix FORM
6945 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6946 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6948 :style STYLE
6949 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6950 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6951 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6953 :selected SELECTED
6954 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6955 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6957 :help HELP
6958 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6960 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6961 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6962 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6964 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6965 MENU. This is a submenu.
6967 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6969 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6971 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6974 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6976 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6977 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6978 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6979 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6981 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6983 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6984 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6985 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6986 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6987 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6988 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6990 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6991 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6992 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6994 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6995 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6996 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6998 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6999 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7001 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7003 ;;;***
7005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7006 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7008 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7010 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7011 Customization for ebnf group.
7013 \(fn)" t nil)
7015 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7016 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7018 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7020 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7021 processed.
7023 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7025 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7027 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7028 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7030 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7031 killed after process termination.
7033 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7035 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7040 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7041 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7042 it to the printer.
7044 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7045 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7046 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7047 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7049 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7051 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7053 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7055 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7060 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7062 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7063 processed.
7065 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7067 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7069 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7070 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7072 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7073 killed after process termination.
7075 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7077 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7081 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7082 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7084 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7086 \(fn)" t nil)
7088 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7089 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7090 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7094 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7096 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7097 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7099 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7101 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7102 processed.
7104 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7106 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7111 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7112 killed after EPS generation.
7114 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7116 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7121 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7122 The EPS file name has the following form:
7124 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7126 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7127 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7129 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7130 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7131 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7132 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7133 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7135 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7136 files.
7138 \(fn)" t nil)
7140 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7141 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7143 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7144 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7149 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7152 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7153 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7154 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7155 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7157 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7158 files.
7160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7162 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7164 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7165 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7167 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7169 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7170 are processed.
7172 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7174 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7179 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7180 killed after syntax checking.
7182 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7184 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7189 \(fn)" t nil)
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7199 \(fn)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7204 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7206 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7211 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7213 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Delete style NAME.
7218 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7220 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7225 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Set STYLE as the current style.
7232 Returns the old style symbol.
7234 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Reset current style.
7241 Returns the old style symbol.
7243 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7250 Returns the old style symbol.
7252 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7254 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7261 Returns the old style symbol.
7263 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7265 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267 \(fn)" t nil)
7269 ;;;***
7271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7272 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7275 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7276 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7277 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7278 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7279 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7280 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7282 Tree mode key bindings:
7283 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7285 \(fn)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7288 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7290 \(fn)" t nil)
7292 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7293 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7297 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7298 View declaration of member at point.
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7303 Find declaration of member at point.
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7308 View definition of member at point.
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7313 Find definition of member at point.
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7318 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7323 View definition of member at point in other window.
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7333 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7338 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7348 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7349 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7350 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7351 completion.
7353 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7356 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7357 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7358 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7360 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7363 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7364 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7365 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7367 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7370 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7371 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7373 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7376 Search for call sites of a member.
7377 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7378 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7379 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7380 looks like a function call to the member.
7382 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7385 Move backward in the position stack.
7386 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7388 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7391 Move forward in the position stack.
7392 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7397 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7402 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7404 \(fn)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7407 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7408 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7409 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7411 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7414 Display statistics for a class tree.
7416 \(fn)" t nil)
7418 ;;;***
7420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7421 ;;;;;; 0))
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7424 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7425 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7426 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7427 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7428 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7429 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7430 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7432 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7434 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7435 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7436 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7437 also has this effect.
7438 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7439 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7440 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7441 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7444 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7445 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7446 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7447 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451 ;;;***
7453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7454 ;;;;;; 0))
7455 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7457 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7458 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7459 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7461 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7463 ;;;***
7465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7466 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7469 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7472 \(fn)" nil nil)
7474 ;;;***
7476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7478 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7480 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7481 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7482 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7485 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7487 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7489 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7490 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7495 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7496 an EDE controlled project.
7498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7500 ;;;***
7502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21261 4402
7503 ;;;;;; 232258 508000))
7504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7506 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7507 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7508 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7509 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7510 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7512 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7513 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7514 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7515 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7517 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7519 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7520 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7521 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7522 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7524 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7526 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7527 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7528 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7529 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7531 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7533 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7535 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7536 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7537 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7538 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7539 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7541 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7542 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7543 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7544 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7545 instrumented for Edebug.
7547 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7548 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7549 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7550 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7551 already is one.)
7553 \(fn)" t nil)
7555 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7556 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7560 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7561 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7565 ;;;***
7567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21308 46599 181916 0))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7569 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7571 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7572 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7574 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7576 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7577 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7581 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7583 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7585 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7586 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7587 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7588 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7590 \(fn)" t nil)
7592 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7593 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7594 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7595 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7599 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7600 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7602 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7604 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7606 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7609 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7611 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7613 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7614 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7615 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7616 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7618 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7620 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7622 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7623 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7624 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7625 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7627 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7629 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7631 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7632 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7633 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7634 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7636 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7640 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7641 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7642 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7643 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7645 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7647 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7649 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7650 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7651 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7652 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7653 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7654 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7656 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7658 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7659 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7660 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7661 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7663 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7665 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7667 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7668 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7669 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7670 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7672 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7676 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7678 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7679 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7680 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7681 follows:
7682 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7683 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7685 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7687 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7688 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7689 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7690 follows:
7691 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7692 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7694 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7697 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7698 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7699 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7700 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7702 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7704 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7705 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7706 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7707 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7708 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7709 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7711 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7716 Merge two files without ancestor.
7718 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7721 Merge two files with ancestor.
7723 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7725 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7727 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7728 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7730 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7732 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7733 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7738 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7739 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7740 buffer.
7742 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7746 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7747 buffer.
7749 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7752 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7753 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7754 and don't ask the user.
7755 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7756 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7758 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7762 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7763 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7764 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7765 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7766 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7767 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7769 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7771 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7773 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7777 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7778 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7779 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7781 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7785 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7786 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7787 When called interactively, displays the version.
7789 \(fn)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7792 Display Ediff's manual.
7793 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7795 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7800 \(fn)" nil nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7805 \(fn)" nil nil)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7810 \(fn)" nil nil)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837 ;;;***
7839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7840 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7841 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7843 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7846 \(fn)" t nil)
7848 ;;;***
7850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7851 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7852 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7854 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7855 Display Ediff's registry.
7857 \(fn)" t nil)
7859 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7861 ;;;***
7863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21350 58112
7864 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7867 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7868 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7869 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7870 which see.
7872 \(fn)" t nil)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7875 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7876 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7877 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7879 \(fn)" t nil)
7881 ;;;***
7883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7884 ;;;;;; 0))
7885 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7886 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7888 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7889 Edit a keyboard macro.
7890 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7891 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7892 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7893 its command name.
7894 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7896 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7899 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7901 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7904 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7906 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7909 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7910 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7911 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7912 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7913 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7915 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7916 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7917 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7918 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7920 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7922 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7924 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7925 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7926 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7927 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7929 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7931 ;;;***
7933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21417 20521 870414
7934 ;;;;;; 0))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7937 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7938 Set scroll margins.
7939 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7940 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7942 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7944 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7945 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7947 \(fn)" t nil)
7949 ;;;***
7951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
7952 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7954 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7955 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7956 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7957 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7958 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7959 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7960 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7962 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7963 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7965 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7966 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7967 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7968 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7970 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7971 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7972 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7974 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7975 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7976 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7978 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7980 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7983 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7985 ;;;***
7987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21379 5529 990138
7988 ;;;;;; 255000))
7989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7990 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7992 ;;;***
7994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
7995 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7997 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7999 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8000 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8001 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8002 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8003 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8004 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8005 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8007 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8009 ;;;***
8011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21305 16557
8012 ;;;;;; 836987 0))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8015 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8016 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8018 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8020 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8021 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8022 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8023 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8024 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8026 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8027 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8028 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8029 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8030 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8031 expression point is on.
8033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8035 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8037 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8038 Function to call to return doc string.
8039 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8040 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8041 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8042 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8043 arg list.
8045 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8046 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8047 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8048 effect.
8050 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8051 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8053 ;;;***
8055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8056 ;;;;;; 0))
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8059 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8060 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8062 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8063 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8064 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8066 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8068 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8069 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8070 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8072 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8073 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8075 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8077 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8078 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8083 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8084 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8085 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8089 ;;;***
8091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8092 ;;;;;; 0))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8095 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8096 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8098 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8099 an elided material again.
8101 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8105 ;;;***
8107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8108 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8111 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8112 Lint the file FILE.
8114 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8116 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8117 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8118 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8120 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8123 Lint the current buffer.
8124 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8126 \(fn)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8129 Lint the function at point.
8130 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8132 \(fn)" t nil)
8134 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8135 Initialize elint.
8136 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8137 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8139 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8141 ;;;***
8143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8144 ;;;;;; 0))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8147 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8148 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8149 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8151 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8153 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8154 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8155 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8156 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8158 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8160 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8161 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8162 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8164 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8166 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8168 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8169 Display current profiling results.
8170 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8171 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8172 displayed.
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8176 ;;;***
8178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8179 ;;;;;; 0))
8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8182 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8183 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8184 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8185 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8186 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8187 ARG is omitted or nil.
8189 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8190 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8191 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8192 used instead.
8194 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8196 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8197 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8198 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8200 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8204 ;;;***
8206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8207 ;;;;;; 615000))
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8210 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8211 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8212 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8214 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8216 ;;;***
8218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8219 ;;;;;; 0))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8222 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8223 Run Emerge on two files.
8225 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8227 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8228 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8230 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8232 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8233 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8235 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8238 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8240 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8245 \(fn)" nil nil)
8247 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8250 \(fn)" nil nil)
8252 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8255 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8257 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8260 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8262 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8263 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8265 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8267 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8268 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8270 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8272 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8275 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8277 ;;;***
8279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8280 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8283 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8284 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8285 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8286 text/enriched format.
8288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8289 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8290 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8292 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8294 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8295 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8297 Commands:
8299 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8306 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8308 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8311 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8313 ;;;***
8315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8318 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8319 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8321 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8324 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8326 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8328 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8329 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8330 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8331 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8332 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8333 the keys are listed.
8334 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8336 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8338 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8339 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8340 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8342 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8345 Verify FILE.
8347 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8349 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8350 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8352 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8354 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8355 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8357 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8360 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8362 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8363 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8364 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8365 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8367 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8368 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8369 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8370 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8371 should consider using the string based counterpart
8372 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8373 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8375 For example:
8377 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8378 (decode-coding-string
8379 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8380 'utf-8))
8382 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8385 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8387 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8388 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8390 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8392 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8394 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8395 Verify the current region between START and END.
8397 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8398 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8399 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8400 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8401 should consider using the string based counterpart
8402 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8403 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8405 For example:
8407 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8408 (decode-coding-string
8409 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8410 'utf-8))
8412 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8414 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8416 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8417 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8418 between START and END.
8420 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8421 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8425 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8427 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8428 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8430 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8431 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8432 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8433 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8434 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8435 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8437 For example:
8439 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8440 (epg-sign-string
8441 context
8442 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8444 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8446 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8448 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8449 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8451 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8452 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8453 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8454 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8455 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8456 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8458 For example:
8460 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8461 (epg-encrypt-string
8462 context
8463 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8464 nil))
8466 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8468 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8470 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8471 Delete selected KEYS.
8473 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8476 Import keys from FILE.
8478 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8481 Import keys from the region.
8483 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8485 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8486 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8487 between START and END.
8489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8492 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8494 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8497 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8499 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8501 ;;;***
8503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8504 ;;;;;; 0))
8505 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8507 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8508 Decrypt marked files.
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8513 Verify marked files.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8518 Sign marked files.
8520 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8523 Encrypt marked files.
8525 \(fn)" t nil)
8527 ;;;***
8529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8530 ;;;;;; 0))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8533 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8536 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8541 \(fn)" t nil)
8543 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8548 ;;;***
8550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8551 ;;;;;; 0))
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8554 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8555 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8557 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8563 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8564 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8568 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8570 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8571 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8572 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8574 \(fn)" t nil)
8576 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8578 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8579 Sign the current buffer.
8580 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8582 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8584 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8586 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8587 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8588 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8589 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8590 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8591 and also whether and how to sign.
8593 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8594 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8595 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8597 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8599 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8601 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8602 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8603 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8605 \(fn)" t nil)
8607 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8609 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8610 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8611 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8614 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8616 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8618 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8619 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8621 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8622 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8626 ;;;***
8628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21364 37926 837230 0))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8630 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8632 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8633 Return a context object.
8635 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8637 ;;;***
8639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8640 ;;;;;; 0))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8643 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8644 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8646 \(fn)" nil nil)
8648 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8649 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8651 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8653 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8654 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8656 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8658 ;;;***
8660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21412 2598 318409 0))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8662 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8664 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8665 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8667 \(fn)" nil nil)
8669 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8670 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8671 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8673 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8675 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8676 (server (erc-compute-server))
8677 (port (erc-compute-port))
8678 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8679 password
8680 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8682 That is, if called with
8684 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8686 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8687 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8688 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8690 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8692 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8694 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8695 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8696 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8698 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8700 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8701 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8702 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8703 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8705 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8707 ;;;***
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8710 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8712 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8714 ;;;***
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8717 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8724 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8726 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8728 ;;;***
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8731 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8733 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8735 ;;;***
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8738 ;;;;;; 0))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8740 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8742 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8743 Parser for /dcc command.
8744 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8745 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8746 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8748 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8750 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8751 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8753 \(fn)" nil nil)
8755 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8756 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8758 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8759 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8760 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8761 that subcommand.
8763 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8765 ;;;***
8767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8768 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8770 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8772 ;;;***
8774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8775 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8778 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8779 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8781 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8783 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8784 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8785 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8786 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8788 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8793 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8796 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8798 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8800 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8801 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8803 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8805 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8806 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8808 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8810 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8811 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8813 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8816 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8818 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8821 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8823 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8825 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8826 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8828 \(fn)" nil nil)
8830 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8831 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8833 \(fn)" nil nil)
8835 ;;;***
8837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8838 ;;;;;; 0))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8842 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8843 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8844 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8848 ;;;***
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8851 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8853 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8855 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8856 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8857 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8858 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8859 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8860 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8861 system.
8863 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8865 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8868 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8873 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8876 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8879 \(fn)" nil nil)
8881 ;;;***
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8884 ;;;;;; 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8888 ;;;***
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8891 ;;;;;; 0))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8895 ;;;***
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8898 ;;;;;; 0))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8902 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8903 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8904 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8905 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8906 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8907 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8911 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8912 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8913 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8914 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8916 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8917 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8918 automatically.
8920 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8921 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8925 ;;;***
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8928 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8932 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8933 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8935 \(fn)" t nil)
8937 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8938 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8940 \(fn)" t nil)
8942 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8943 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8945 \(fn)" t nil)
8947 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8948 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8950 \(fn)" t nil)
8952 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8953 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8955 \(fn)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8958 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8960 \(fn)" t nil)
8962 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8963 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8965 \(fn)" t nil)
8967 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8968 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8970 \(fn)" t nil)
8972 ;;;***
8974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8975 ;;;;;; 0))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8977 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8979 ;;;***
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
8982 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8986 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8987 Show who's gone.
8989 \(fn)" nil nil)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
8994 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8997 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8998 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8999 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9000 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9002 \(fn)" nil nil)
9004 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9005 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9007 \(fn)" t nil)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9012 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9016 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9017 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9018 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9019 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9021 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9023 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9026 \(fn)" nil nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9031 ;;;;;; 0))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9038 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9045 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9052 ;;;;;; 0))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9059 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9063 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9064 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9066 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9068 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9069 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9070 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9072 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9074 ;;;***
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9077 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9081 ;;;***
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9084 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9088 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9089 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9093 ;;;***
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9096 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9100 ;;;***
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21240 46395
9103 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9107 ;;;***
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9110 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9113 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9114 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9115 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9117 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9119 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9120 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9122 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9123 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9125 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9126 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9127 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9128 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9133 ;;;***
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9136 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9140 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9141 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9142 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9143 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9145 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9148 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9149 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9151 \(fn)" t nil)
9153 ;;;***
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9156 ;;;;;; 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9160 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9161 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9163 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9165 ;;;***
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21419 62246 751914
9168 ;;;;;; 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9171 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9172 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9174 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9175 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9177 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9178 useful for assertions in BODY.
9180 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9182 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9183 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9184 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9186 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9188 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9190 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9192 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9193 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9195 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9196 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9197 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9198 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9200 Returns the stats object.
9202 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9204 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9205 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9207 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9208 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9209 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9210 the tests).
9212 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9214 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9215 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9217 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9218 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9219 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9220 and how to display message.
9222 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9224 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9226 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9227 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9229 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9231 ;;;***
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9234 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9237 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9239 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9240 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9242 \(fn)" t nil)
9244 ;;;***
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9247 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9250 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9251 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9253 \(fn)" t nil)
9255 ;;;***
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21403 21396 190131
9258 ;;;;;; 14000))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9260 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9262 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9263 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9264 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9265 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9266 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9267 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9268 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9269 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9270 buffer selected (or created).
9272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9274 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9275 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9276 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9278 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9280 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9281 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9282 The result might be any Lisp object.
9283 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9284 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9285 corresponding to a successful execution.
9287 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9289 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9291 ;;;***
9293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9294 ;;;;;; 0))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9297 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9298 File name of tags table.
9299 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9300 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9301 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9302 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9303 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9305 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9306 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9307 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9308 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9310 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9312 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9313 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9314 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9315 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9316 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9317 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9319 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9321 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9322 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9323 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9325 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9327 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9328 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9329 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9330 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9331 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9333 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9335 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9336 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9337 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9338 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9340 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9342 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9343 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9344 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9345 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9346 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9348 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9350 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9351 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9353 \(fn)" t nil)
9355 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9356 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9357 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9358 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9360 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9361 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9362 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9363 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9364 file the tag was in.
9366 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9368 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9369 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9370 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9371 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9372 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9373 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9374 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9375 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9376 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9378 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9380 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9381 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9382 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9383 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9384 without directory names.
9386 \(fn)" nil nil)
9387 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9388 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9389 (progn
9390 (load "etags")
9391 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9393 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9394 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9395 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9396 but does not select the buffer.
9397 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9399 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9400 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9401 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9402 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9403 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9405 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9407 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9408 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9409 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9411 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9413 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9415 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9416 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9417 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9418 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9420 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9421 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9422 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9423 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9424 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9426 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9428 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9429 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9430 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9432 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9434 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9435 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9437 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9438 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9439 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9440 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9441 around or before point.
9443 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9444 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9445 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9446 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9447 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9449 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9451 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9452 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9453 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9455 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9457 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9458 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9460 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9461 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9462 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9463 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9464 around or before point.
9466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9469 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9470 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9474 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9480 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9481 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9483 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9484 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9485 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9487 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9488 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9489 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9490 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9491 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9493 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9495 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9496 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9497 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9499 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9501 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9502 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9503 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9505 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9506 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9508 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9509 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9510 where they were found.
9512 \(fn)" t nil)
9514 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9515 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9517 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9518 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9519 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9521 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9522 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9524 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9525 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9527 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9530 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9531 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9532 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9534 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9535 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9536 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9537 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9538 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9540 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9541 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9543 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9544 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9545 Stops when a match is found.
9546 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9548 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9549 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9550 restricted to these files.
9552 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9554 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9556 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9557 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9558 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9559 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9560 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9561 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9562 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9563 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9565 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9566 produce the list of files to search.
9568 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9570 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9572 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9573 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9574 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9575 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9576 directory specification.
9578 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9580 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9581 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9583 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9585 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9586 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9587 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9588 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9590 \(fn)" t nil)
9592 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9593 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9594 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9595 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9596 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9598 \(fn)" t nil)
9600 ;;;***
9602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9603 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9606 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9609 \(fn)" nil nil)
9611 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9612 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9614 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9615 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9617 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9618 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9619 primary language.
9621 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9622 even if the buffer is read-only.
9624 See also the descriptions of the variables
9625 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9627 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9629 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9630 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9632 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9633 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9635 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9636 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9637 primary language.
9639 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9640 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9642 See also the descriptions of the variables
9643 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9645 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9647 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9648 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9649 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9650 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9652 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9654 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9655 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9656 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9657 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9659 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9660 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9661 primary language.
9663 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9664 buffer is read-only.
9666 See also the descriptions of the variables
9667 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9668 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9670 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9672 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9673 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9675 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9676 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9678 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9679 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9680 the primary language.
9682 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9683 buffer is read-only.
9685 See also the descriptions of the variables
9686 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9687 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9689 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9692 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9693 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9695 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9697 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9698 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9700 \(fn)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9703 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9705 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9706 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9707 be 1, 2, or 3.
9709 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9710 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9711 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9713 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9715 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9718 This function is deprecated.
9720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9722 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9723 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9725 \(fn)" t nil)
9727 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9728 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9730 \(fn)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9733 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9735 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9736 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9738 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9739 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9741 \(fn)" nil nil)
9743 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9746 \(fn)" nil nil)
9748 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9749 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9751 \(fn)" nil nil)
9753 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9754 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9756 \(fn)" nil nil)
9758 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9759 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9760 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9762 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9767 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9769 ;;;***
9771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9774 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9775 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9776 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9777 server for future sessions.
9779 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9782 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9783 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9785 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9787 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9788 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9789 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9791 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9794 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9795 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9796 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9797 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9798 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9799 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9800 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9801 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9802 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9803 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9804 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9806 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9808 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9809 Display a form to query the directory server.
9810 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9811 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9813 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9816 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9817 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9819 \(fn)" t nil)
9821 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9823 ;;;***
9825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9826 ;;;;;; 0))
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9829 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9830 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9832 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9834 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9835 Display URL and make it clickable.
9837 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9839 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9840 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9842 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9844 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9845 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9847 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9849 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9850 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9852 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9855 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9857 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9859 ;;;***
9861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9862 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9865 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9866 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9867 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9869 \(fn)" t nil)
9871 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9872 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9874 \(fn)" t nil)
9876 ;;;***
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9879 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9882 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9883 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9890 ;;;;;; 0))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9893 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9894 Create an empty ewoc.
9896 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9898 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9899 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9900 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9901 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9902 `insert-before-markers'.
9904 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9905 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9906 respectively, of the ewoc.
9908 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9909 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9910 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9912 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9914 ;;;***
9916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21423 59302 489365 0))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9919 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9920 Fetch URL and render the page.
9921 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9922 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9924 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9925 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9927 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9928 Render a file using EWW.
9930 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9932 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9935 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9937 ;;;***
9939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9940 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9943 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9944 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9945 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9947 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9949 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9950 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9951 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9952 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9953 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9955 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9957 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9958 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9959 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9960 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9961 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9962 executable.
9964 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9966 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9967 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9968 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9970 \(fn)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9973 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9974 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9975 file modes.
9977 \(fn)" nil nil)
9979 ;;;***
9981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9984 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9985 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9986 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9987 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9989 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9991 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9992 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9993 to generate such functions.
9995 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9996 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9997 beginning of the expanded text.
9999 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10000 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10001 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10002 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10004 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10006 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10008 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10009 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10010 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10012 \(fn)" nil nil)
10014 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10015 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10016 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10018 \(fn)" t nil)
10020 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10021 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10022 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10024 \(fn)" t nil)
10025 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10026 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21383 2343 498187
10031 ;;;;;; 0))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10034 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10035 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10036 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10038 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10039 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10040 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10042 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10044 Key definitions:
10045 \\{f90-mode-map}
10047 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10049 `f90-do-indent'
10050 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10051 `f90-if-indent'
10052 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10053 `f90-type-indent'
10054 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10055 `f90-program-indent'
10056 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10057 (default 2).
10058 `f90-associate-indent'
10059 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10060 `f90-critical-indent'
10061 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10062 `f90-continuation-indent'
10063 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10064 `f90-comment-region'
10065 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10066 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10067 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10068 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10069 (default \"!\").
10070 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10071 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10072 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10073 `f90-break-delimiters'
10074 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10075 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10076 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10077 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10078 (default t).
10079 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10080 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10081 `f90-smart-end'
10082 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10083 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10084 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10085 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10086 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10087 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10088 `f90-leave-line-no'
10089 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10091 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10092 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10096 ;;;***
10098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10099 ;;;;;; 0))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10102 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10103 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10104 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10105 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10107 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10108 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10109 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10110 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10111 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10113 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10114 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10115 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10116 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10117 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10118 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10119 attributes.
10121 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10122 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10124 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10126 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10127 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10128 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10129 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10131 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10133 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10134 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10135 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10136 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10138 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10139 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10140 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10142 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10143 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10144 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10145 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10147 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10149 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10150 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10151 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10153 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10154 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10155 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10156 the same amount).
10158 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10160 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10161 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10162 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10164 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10165 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10166 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10167 will remove any scaling currently active.
10169 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10171 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10172 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10173 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10175 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10176 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10177 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10178 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10179 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10181 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10182 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10184 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10186 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10187 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10189 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10190 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10191 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10193 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10194 the face height as long as the input event read
10195 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10197 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10198 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10199 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10200 will remove any scaling currently active.
10202 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10203 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10204 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10205 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10206 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10208 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10210 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10211 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10213 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10214 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10215 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10219 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10220 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10221 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10222 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10223 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10224 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10225 `buffer-face-mode'.
10227 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10228 local, and sets it to FACE.
10230 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10232 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10233 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10234 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10235 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10236 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10237 `face' text property.
10239 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10240 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10241 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10242 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10244 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10245 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10247 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10250 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10251 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10252 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10256 ;;;***
10258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10259 ;;;;;; 0))
10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10261 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10263 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10264 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10265 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10266 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10268 \(fn)" nil nil)
10270 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10271 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10275 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10276 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10277 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10278 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10282 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10283 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10284 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10285 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10286 backup file names and the like).
10288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10290 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10291 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10292 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10293 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10294 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10295 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10296 internally by feedmail):
10298 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10299 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10300 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10301 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10303 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10304 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10305 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10306 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10307 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10309 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10311 ;;;***
10313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21401 32300 989919 0))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10316 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10317 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10318 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10319 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10320 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10321 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10322 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10324 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10326 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10327 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10328 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10329 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10330 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10331 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10332 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10334 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10336 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10338 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10339 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10340 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10341 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10342 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10343 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10345 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10347 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10348 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10349 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10350 Return value:
10351 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10352 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10353 * otherwise, nil
10355 \(fn E)" t nil)
10357 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10358 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10359 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10361 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10364 Try to get a file name at point.
10365 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10367 \(fn)" nil nil)
10369 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10370 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10372 \(fn)" t nil)
10374 ;;;***
10376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10377 ;;;;;; 0))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10380 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10381 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10382 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10383 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10385 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10387 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10388 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10389 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10390 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10391 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10392 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10394 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10397 Add FILE to the file cache.
10399 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10401 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10402 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10403 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10405 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10407 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10408 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10409 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10411 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10413 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10414 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10415 This function does not use any external programs.
10416 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10417 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10418 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10420 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10423 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10424 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10425 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10426 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10427 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10428 \(directories) is done.
10430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10432 ;;;***
10434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10435 ;;;;;; 0))
10436 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10438 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10439 Handle file system monitoring event.
10440 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10441 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10443 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10445 ;;;***
10447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10448 ;;;;;; 0))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10451 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10452 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10454 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10455 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10456 Local Variables list.
10458 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10459 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10460 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10462 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10464 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10465 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10467 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10470 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10472 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10473 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10474 the -*- line.
10476 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10477 then this function adds it.
10479 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10481 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10482 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10484 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10486 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10487 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10489 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10491 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10492 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10494 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10497 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10499 \(fn)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10502 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10504 \(fn)" t nil)
10506 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10507 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10509 \(fn)" t nil)
10511 ;;;***
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10514 ;;;;;; 0))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10517 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10518 Filesets initialization.
10519 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523 ;;;***
10525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10526 ;;;;;; 0))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10528 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10530 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10531 Initiate the building of a find command.
10532 For example:
10534 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10535 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10536 (mtime \"+1\"))
10537 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10539 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10540 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10542 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10544 ;;;***
10546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10547 ;;;;;; 0))
10548 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10550 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10551 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10552 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10554 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10556 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10557 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10559 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10562 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10563 and run Dired on those files.
10564 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10565 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10567 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10569 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10571 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10573 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10574 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10575 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10577 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10578 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10580 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10581 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10583 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10585 ;;;***
10587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10588 ;;;;;; 0))
10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10591 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10592 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10593 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10594 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10595 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10596 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10597 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10599 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10601 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10602 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10603 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10605 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10607 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10609 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10611 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10612 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10613 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10615 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10616 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10618 Variables of interest include:
10620 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10621 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10622 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10624 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10625 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10626 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10628 - `ff-ignore-include'
10629 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10631 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10632 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10634 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10635 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10637 - `ff-special-constructs'
10638 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10639 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10640 extracting the filename from that construct.
10642 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10643 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10645 - `ff-search-directories'
10646 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10647 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10649 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10650 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10652 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10653 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10655 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10656 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10658 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10659 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10661 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10662 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10664 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10666 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10667 Visit the file you click on.
10669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10671 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10672 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10674 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10676 ;;;***
10678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21419
10679 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10682 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10683 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10684 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10686 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10688 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10689 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10690 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10691 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10693 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10694 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10695 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10696 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10698 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10700 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10701 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10703 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10704 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10705 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10706 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10708 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10709 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10710 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10712 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10713 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10714 in `load-path'.
10716 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10718 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10719 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10721 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10722 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10723 places point before the definition.
10724 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10726 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10727 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10728 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10730 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10733 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10735 See `find-function' for more details.
10737 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10739 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10740 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10742 See `find-function' for more details.
10744 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10746 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10747 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10749 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10750 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10751 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10753 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10754 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10756 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10758 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10759 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10761 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10762 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10763 places point before the definition.
10765 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10767 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10768 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10769 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10771 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10773 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10774 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10776 See `find-variable' for more details.
10778 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10780 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10781 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10783 See `find-variable' for more details.
10785 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10787 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10788 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10789 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10790 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10791 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10792 buffer nor display it.
10794 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10795 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10797 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10800 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10802 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10803 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10804 places point before the definition.
10806 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10808 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10809 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10810 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10812 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10814 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10815 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10816 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10818 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10820 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10821 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10823 \(fn)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10826 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10828 \(fn)" t nil)
10830 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10831 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10833 \(fn)" nil nil)
10835 ;;;***
10837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10838 ;;;;;; 0))
10839 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10841 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10842 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10844 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10846 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10847 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10849 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10851 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10852 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10854 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10856 ;;;***
10858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21283 26898 123687 848000))
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10860 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10862 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10863 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10865 \(fn)" t nil)
10867 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10868 Display FILE's commentary section.
10869 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10871 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10873 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10874 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10876 \(fn)" t nil)
10878 ;;;***
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10881 ;;;;;; 0))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10884 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10885 Toggle flow control handling.
10886 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10887 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10889 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10891 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10892 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10893 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10894 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10895 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10896 to get the effect of a C-q.
10898 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10900 ;;;***
10902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10903 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10906 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10911 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10914 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10916 ;;;***
10918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10919 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10921 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10923 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10924 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10926 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10927 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10928 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10932 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10933 Turn flymake mode on.
10935 \(fn)" nil nil)
10937 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10938 Turn flymake mode off.
10940 \(fn)" nil nil)
10942 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10945 \(fn)" nil nil)
10947 ;;;***
10949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10950 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10953 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10954 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10956 \(fn)" t nil)
10957 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10959 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10960 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10965 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10966 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10967 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10969 Bindings:
10970 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10971 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10972 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10973 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10975 Hooks:
10976 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10978 Remark:
10979 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10980 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10981 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10983 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10984 consider adding:
10985 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10986 in your init file.
10988 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10989 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10993 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10994 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10996 \(fn)" nil nil)
10998 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10999 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11001 \(fn)" nil nil)
11003 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11004 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11008 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11009 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11011 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11013 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11014 Flyspell whole buffer.
11016 \(fn)" t nil)
11018 ;;;***
11020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11021 ;;;;;; 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11025 ;;;***
11027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11030 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11031 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11033 \(fn)" nil nil)
11035 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11036 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11038 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11041 Toggle Follow mode.
11042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11043 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11044 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11046 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11047 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11049 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11050 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11051 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11053 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11054 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11055 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11056 movement commands.
11058 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11059 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11060 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11061 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11062 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11063 mileage may vary).
11065 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11066 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11068 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11070 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11072 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11073 \\{follow-mode-map}
11075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11077 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11078 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11080 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11081 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11082 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11083 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11084 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11085 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11087 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11088 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11089 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11093 ;;;***
11095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11096 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11098 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11100 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11101 Toggle Footnote mode.
11102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11106 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11107 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11108 play around with the following keys:
11109 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11113 ;;;***
11115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11118 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11119 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11121 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11122 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11123 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11124 C-c < forms-first-record <
11125 C-c > forms-last-record >
11126 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11127 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11128 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11129 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11130 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11131 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11132 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11133 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11134 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11135 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11137 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11139 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11140 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11142 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11144 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11145 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11147 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11149 ;;;***
11151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11152 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11155 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11156 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11157 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11159 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11160 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11162 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11164 Key definitions:
11165 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11167 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11169 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11170 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11171 `fortran-do-indent'
11172 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11173 `fortran-if-indent'
11174 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11175 `fortran-structure-indent'
11176 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11177 (default 3)
11178 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11179 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11180 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11181 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11182 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11183 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11184 nil don't change the indentation
11185 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11186 value of either
11187 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11188 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11189 depending on the continuation format in use.
11190 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11191 indentation for a line of code.
11192 (default 'fixed)
11193 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11194 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11195 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11196 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11197 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11198 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11199 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11200 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11201 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11202 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11203 column 5.
11204 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11205 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11206 statements (default nil).
11207 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11208 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11209 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11210 `fortran-continuation-string'
11211 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11212 line (default \"$\").
11213 `fortran-comment-region'
11214 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11215 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11216 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11217 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11218 as typed (default t).
11219 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11220 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11222 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11223 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11225 \(fn)" t nil)
11227 ;;;***
11229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11230 ;;;;;; 0))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11233 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11234 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11236 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11237 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11239 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11241 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11242 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11244 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11245 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11247 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11249 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11250 Compile fortune file.
11252 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11253 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11255 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11257 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11258 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11260 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11261 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11262 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11263 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11265 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11267 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11268 Display a fortune cookie.
11269 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11270 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11271 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11272 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11274 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276 ;;;***
11278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11279 ;;;;;; 0))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11282 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11283 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11284 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11286 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11287 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11288 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11290 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11291 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11293 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11294 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11296 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11297 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11298 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11299 intend to modify existing values, do
11301 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11303 before changing anything.
11305 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11306 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11308 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11309 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11310 to restore the frame.
11312 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11313 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11314 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11316 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11317 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11318 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11319 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11320 FILTER A filter function.
11322 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11323 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11325 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11327 where
11329 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11330 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11331 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11332 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11333 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11334 before restoring it.
11335 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11337 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11338 It must return:
11339 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11340 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11341 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11343 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11344 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11346 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11347 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11348 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11349 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11350 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11351 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11352 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11354 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11356 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11357 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11359 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11361 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11362 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11363 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11364 If nil, check all live frames.
11366 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11368 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11369 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11370 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11371 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11372 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11373 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11374 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11375 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11376 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11377 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11378 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11380 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11382 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11383 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11385 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11386 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11387 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11388 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11389 and window-state is not restored.
11391 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11392 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11394 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11395 t All existing frames can be reused.
11396 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11397 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11398 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11399 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11401 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11402 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11403 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11404 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11405 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11406 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11407 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11408 be created from that parameter alist.
11410 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11411 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11412 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11413 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11414 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11415 - the live frame just restored,
11416 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11417 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11418 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11420 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11421 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11422 nil Keep all frames.
11423 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11424 - FRAME, a live frame.
11425 - ACTION, which can be one of
11426 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11427 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11428 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11429 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11430 Return value is ignored.
11432 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11433 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11434 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11435 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11436 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11438 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11440 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11442 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11443 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11444 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11446 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11448 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11449 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11450 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11452 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11454 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11455 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11456 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11457 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11459 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11461 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11463 ;;;***
11465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11466 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11468 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11470 ;;;***
11472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11473 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11476 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11477 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11478 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11480 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11482 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11483 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11484 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11485 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11486 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11487 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11488 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11492 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11493 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11494 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11495 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11497 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11498 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11499 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11500 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11501 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11503 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11504 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11505 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11506 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11508 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11509 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11510 shown in some of the buffers.
11512 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11514 The following commands help control operation :
11516 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11517 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11519 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11520 detailed description of this mode.
11523 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11524 | GDB Toolbar |
11525 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11526 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11527 | | |
11528 | | |
11529 | | |
11530 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11531 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11532 | | (comint-mode) |
11533 | | |
11534 | | |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11540 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11541 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11542 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11543 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11544 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11546 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11548 ;;;***
11550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11551 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11554 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11555 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11556 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11557 instead (which see).")
11559 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11560 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11562 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11563 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11564 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11565 documentation string instead.
11567 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11568 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11569 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11570 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11571 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11572 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11573 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11574 enders are actually possible.
11576 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11577 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11579 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11580 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11581 `font-lock-keywords'.
11583 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11584 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11585 runs the macro expansion.
11587 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11588 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11589 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11591 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11593 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11595 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11597 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11599 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11600 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11602 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11604 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11605 Enter generic mode MODE.
11607 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11608 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11609 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11611 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11612 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11614 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11616 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11617 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11618 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11619 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11620 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11621 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11622 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11623 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11627 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11629 ;;;***
11631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11632 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11635 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11636 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11638 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11639 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11640 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11644 ;;;***
11646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11647 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11650 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11651 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11652 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11654 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11656 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11657 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11659 Guideline for numbers:
11660 1 - error messages
11661 3 - non-serious error messages
11662 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11663 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11664 9 - messages inside loops.
11666 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11668 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11669 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11670 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11672 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11674 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11675 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11677 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11679 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11680 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11682 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11683 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11684 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11685 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11686 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11687 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11689 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11690 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11691 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11692 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11693 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11695 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11697 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11699 ;;;***
11701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11703 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11704 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11705 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11707 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11708 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11712 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11713 Read network news.
11714 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11715 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11716 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11717 name of an NNTP server to use.
11718 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11719 server.
11721 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11723 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11724 Read news as a slave.
11726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11729 Pop up a frame to read news.
11730 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11731 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11732 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11733 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11734 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11735 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11736 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11737 current display is used.
11739 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11741 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11742 Read network news.
11743 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11744 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11745 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11747 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11749 ;;;***
11751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11752 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11755 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Start Gnus unplugged.
11758 \(fn)" t nil)
11760 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Start Gnus plugged.
11763 \(fn)" t nil)
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11766 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11773 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11774 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11775 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11777 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11778 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11779 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11781 \(fn)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11786 \(fn)" nil nil)
11788 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11789 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11790 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11791 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11792 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11793 supported.
11795 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11797 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11799 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11800 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11801 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11802 supported.
11804 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11809 \(fn)" nil nil)
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11813 downloaded into the agent.
11815 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11817 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11819 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11820 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11822 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11827 \(fn)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11830 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11834 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11836 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11838 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11840 ;;;***
11842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21393 38187
11843 ;;;;;; 675040 0))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11846 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11847 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11849 \(fn)" nil nil)
11851 ;;;***
11853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11854 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11857 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11858 Set a bookmark for this article.
11860 \(fn)" t nil)
11862 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11863 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11865 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11868 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11869 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11870 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11871 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11873 \(fn)" t nil)
11875 ;;;***
11877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11878 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11881 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11882 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11884 Usage:
11885 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11889 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11890 Generate the cache active file.
11892 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11894 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11895 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11897 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11900 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11901 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11902 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11903 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11904 supported.
11906 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11909 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11910 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11911 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11912 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11913 supported.
11915 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11920 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11923 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11924 Delay this article by some time.
11925 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11927 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11928 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11930 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11931 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11933 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11934 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11936 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11939 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11941 \(fn)" t nil)
11943 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11944 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11945 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11946 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11948 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11949 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11951 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11953 ;;;***
11955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11956 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11959 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11962 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11964 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11967 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11969 ;;;***
11971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11972 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11975 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11976 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11980 ;;;***
11982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
11983 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11986 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11987 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11989 \(fn)" t nil)
11991 ;;;***
11993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21355 22953
11994 ;;;;;; 61816 0))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11997 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11998 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12000 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12002 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12004 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12005 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12007 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12012 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12016 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12017 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12019 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12020 different input formats.
12022 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12024 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12025 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12027 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12028 different input formats.
12030 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12032 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12033 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12034 The PNG is returned as a string.
12036 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12038 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12039 Convert FILE to a Face.
12040 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12041 726 bytes.
12043 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12045 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12048 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12050 \(fn)" t nil)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12053 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12055 \(fn)" nil nil)
12057 ;;;***
12059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12060 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12063 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12064 Display gravatar in the From header.
12065 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12067 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12069 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12070 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12071 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12073 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12075 ;;;***
12077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12078 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12081 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12082 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12083 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12084 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12086 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12089 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12091 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12093 ;;;***
12095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12096 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12099 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12102 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12104 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12107 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12109 ;;;***
12111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12112 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12115 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12118 Run batched scoring.
12119 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12123 ;;;***
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12126 ;;;;;; 0))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12129 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12132 \(fn)" nil nil)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12135 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12136 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12138 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12140 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12141 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12143 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12147 ;;;***
12149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12150 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12153 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12154 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12155 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12156 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12157 group parameters.
12159 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12160 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12161 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12162 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12164 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12165 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12166 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12167 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12168 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12169 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12170 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12171 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12172 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12173 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12175 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12177 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12178 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12179 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12180 nil CATCH-ALL).
12182 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12183 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12185 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12188 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12189 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12191 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12193 \(fn)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12196 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12197 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12199 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12201 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12202 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12203 existing groups are considered.
12205 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12206 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12207 returned.
12209 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12210 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12211 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12212 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12213 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12214 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12215 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12216 clauses will be generated.
12218 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12219 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12220 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12221 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12222 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12223 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12225 For example, given the following group parameters:
12227 nnml:mail.bar:
12228 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12229 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12230 nnml:mail.foo:
12231 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12232 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12233 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12234 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12235 nnml:mail.others:
12236 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12238 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12240 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12241 \"mail.bar\")
12242 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12243 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12244 \"mail.others\")
12246 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12248 ;;;***
12250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21235 28473
12251 ;;;;;; 29431 0))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12254 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12255 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12256 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12257 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12258 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12259 instead.
12261 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12263 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12264 Mail to ADDRESS.
12266 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12268 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12269 Like `message-reply'.
12271 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12273 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12275 ;;;***
12277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12278 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12281 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12282 Send a notification on new message.
12283 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12284 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12285 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12287 This is typically a function to add in
12288 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12290 \(fn)" nil nil)
12292 ;;;***
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12295 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12298 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12299 Display picons in the From header.
12300 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12304 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12305 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12306 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12310 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12311 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12312 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12314 \(fn)" t nil)
12316 ;;;***
12318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12319 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12323 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12324 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12325 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12327 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12330 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12331 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12332 LIST1 is modified.
12334 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12338 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12340 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12342 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12347 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12348 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12349 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12355 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12357 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12359 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12361 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12362 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12363 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12368 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12369 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12371 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12375 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12377 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12380 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12382 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12384 ;;;***
12386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12387 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12390 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12391 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12395 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12396 Install the registry hooks.
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12400 ;;;***
12402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12403 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12406 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12407 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12408 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12409 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12410 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12411 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12416 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12417 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12418 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12419 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12421 \(fn)" t nil)
12423 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12426 \(fn)" t nil)
12428 ;;;***
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12431 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12434 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12435 Update the format specification near point.
12437 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12439 ;;;***
12441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21296 1575
12442 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12445 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12446 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12448 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12450 ;;;***
12452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21414 44327
12453 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12456 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12457 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12458 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12460 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12462 ;;;***
12464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12465 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12468 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12469 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12473 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12474 Install the sync hooks.
12476 \(fn)" t nil)
12478 ;;;***
12480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12481 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12484 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12485 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12487 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12489 ;;;***
12491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12492 ;;;;;; 0))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12495 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12496 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12497 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12498 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12499 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12500 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12502 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12504 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12506 ;;;***
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12509 ;;;;;; 0))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12512 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12513 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12515 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12516 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12517 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12519 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12520 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12521 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12523 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12524 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12526 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12527 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12529 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12531 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12533 ;;;***
12535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12536 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12539 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12541 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12542 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12543 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12544 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12545 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12547 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12550 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12551 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12552 or to send e-mail.
12553 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12554 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12556 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12557 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12559 \(fn)" t nil)
12560 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12562 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12563 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12565 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12566 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12570 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12571 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12575 ;;;***
12577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12578 ;;;;;; 0))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12581 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12582 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12583 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12585 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12587 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12588 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12590 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12592 ;;;***
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21356 43818 957743
12595 ;;;;;; 0))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12598 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12599 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12601 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12603 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12604 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12605 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12606 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12607 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12609 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12610 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12611 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12613 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12615 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12616 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12617 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12618 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12619 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12621 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12623 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12624 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12626 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12628 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12629 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12631 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12632 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12633 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12635 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12636 The default find program.
12637 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12638 and others.")
12640 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12641 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12642 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12643 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12645 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12646 How to invoke find and grep.
12647 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12648 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12649 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12650 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12652 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12654 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12655 History list for grep.")
12657 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12658 History list for grep-find.")
12660 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12661 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12662 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12664 \(fn)" nil nil)
12666 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12669 \(fn)" nil nil)
12671 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12672 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12674 \(fn)" nil nil)
12676 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12677 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12678 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12679 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12680 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12682 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12683 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12685 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12686 can easily repeat a grep command.
12688 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12689 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12690 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12691 list is empty).
12693 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12695 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12696 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12697 Collect output in a buffer.
12698 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12699 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12701 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12702 easily repeat a find command.
12704 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12706 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12708 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12709 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12710 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12711 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12712 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12714 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12715 before it is executed.
12716 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12718 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12719 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12720 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12722 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12724 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12726 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12727 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12728 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12729 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12730 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12732 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12733 before it is executed.
12734 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12736 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12737 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12738 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12739 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12741 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12743 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12744 to specify a command to run.
12746 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12748 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12749 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12750 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12751 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12755 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12757 ;;;***
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12762 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12763 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12764 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12765 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12766 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12768 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12770 ;;;***
12772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21240 46395 727291
12773 ;;;;;; 0))
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12776 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12777 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12778 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12779 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12781 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12784 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12785 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12786 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12791 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12793 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12798 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12803 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12807 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12808 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12809 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12810 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12814 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12815 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12821 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12822 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12823 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12824 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12825 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12827 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12828 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12829 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12830 original source file access method.
12832 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12833 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12837 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12838 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12840 \(fn)" t nil)
12842 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12843 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12844 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12847 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12849 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12851 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12852 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12855 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12859 ;;;***
12861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21388 20265 495157
12862 ;;;;;; 0))
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12865 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12866 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12867 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12868 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12869 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12870 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12871 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12872 set it to.
12873 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12875 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12877 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12878 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12879 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12880 of PLACE.
12881 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12882 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12883 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12884 and SETTER.
12885 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12886 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12888 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12890 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12892 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12893 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12894 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12895 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12896 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12898 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12900 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12902 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12905 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12907 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12909 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12911 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12912 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12913 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12914 well for simple place forms.
12915 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12916 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12917 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12918 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12919 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12920 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12921 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12923 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12925 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12927 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12928 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12929 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12930 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12931 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12933 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12934 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12935 (let ((temp VAL))
12936 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12937 temp)
12938 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12940 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12942 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12943 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12944 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12945 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12946 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12947 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12949 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12951 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12953 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12954 Return a reference to PLACE.
12955 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12956 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12957 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12958 binding mode.
12960 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12962 ;;;***
12964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12965 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12968 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12969 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12970 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12971 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12973 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12974 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12975 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12976 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12978 \(fn)" t nil)
12980 ;;;***
12982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
12983 ;;;;;; 0))
12984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12986 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12987 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12989 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12991 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12992 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12993 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12994 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12996 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
13000 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13001 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13002 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13003 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13004 to be updated.
13006 \(fn)" t nil)
13008 ;;;***
13010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13011 ;;;;;; 0))
13012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13014 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13015 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13019 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13020 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13021 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13023 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13025 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13026 Verify a hashcash payment
13028 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13030 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13031 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13032 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13033 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13034 `mail-add-payment-async').
13036 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13038 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13039 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13040 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13041 Calculation is asynchronous.
13043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13045 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13046 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13047 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13051 ;;;***
13053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13054 ;;;;;; 0))
13055 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13057 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13058 Return the help-echo string at point.
13059 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13060 property, or nil, is returned.
13061 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13062 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13063 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13065 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13068 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13069 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13070 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13071 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13073 \(fn)" nil nil)
13075 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13076 Display local help in the echo area.
13077 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13078 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13079 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13080 printed instead.
13082 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13083 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13084 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13088 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13089 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13090 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13092 \(fn)" t nil)
13094 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13095 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13096 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13098 \(fn)" t nil)
13100 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13101 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13102 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13103 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13104 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13105 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13106 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13107 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13108 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13109 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13110 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13112 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13113 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13114 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13115 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13116 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13118 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13119 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13120 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13121 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13122 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13123 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13124 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13125 The default is `never'.")
13127 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13129 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13130 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13131 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13132 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13133 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13134 considered different regions.
13136 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13137 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13138 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13139 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13140 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13141 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13142 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13143 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13144 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13146 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13148 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13149 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13150 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13151 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13152 different regions.
13154 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13155 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13156 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13157 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13158 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13159 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13160 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13161 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13163 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13164 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13165 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13166 rarely happens in practice.
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13170 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13172 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13173 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13174 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13175 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13179 ;;;***
13181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21419 62246 751914
13182 ;;;;;; 0))
13183 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13185 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13186 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13188 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13190 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13191 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13192 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13194 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13196 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13197 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13198 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13199 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13200 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13201 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13202 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13203 search for a function definition.
13205 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13206 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13207 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13208 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13209 suitable file is found, return nil.
13211 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13213 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13216 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13218 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13219 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13220 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13221 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13223 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13225 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13226 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13227 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13228 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13229 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13230 it is displayed along with the global value.
13232 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13234 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13235 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13236 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13237 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13241 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13242 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13243 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13244 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13245 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13247 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13249 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13250 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13254 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13255 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13257 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13259 ;;;***
13261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13262 ;;;;;; 0))
13263 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13265 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13266 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13267 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13268 window listing and describing the options.
13269 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13270 gives the window that lists the options.")
13272 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13274 ;;;***
13276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13277 ;;;;;; 0))
13278 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13280 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13281 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13282 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13283 Commands:
13284 \\{help-mode-map}
13286 \(fn)" t nil)
13288 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13291 \(fn)" nil nil)
13293 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13296 \(fn)" nil nil)
13298 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13299 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13301 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13302 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13303 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13304 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13306 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13307 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13308 restore it properly when going back.
13310 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13312 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13313 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13314 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13315 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13316 from `help-mode'.
13317 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13318 it does not already exist.
13320 \(fn)" nil nil)
13322 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13323 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13325 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13326 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13327 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13328 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13329 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13330 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13331 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13332 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13334 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13335 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13336 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13337 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13339 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13340 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13341 that.
13343 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13345 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13346 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13347 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13348 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13349 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13350 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13352 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13354 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13355 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13356 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13357 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13358 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13360 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13362 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13363 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13365 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13367 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13368 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13369 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13370 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13372 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13374 ;;;***
13376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13377 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13380 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13381 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13383 \(fn)" t nil)
13385 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13386 Provide help for current mode.
13388 \(fn)" t nil)
13390 ;;;***
13392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13393 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13395 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13396 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13397 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13398 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13399 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13401 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13402 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13404 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13405 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13406 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13407 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13409 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13410 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13411 periods.
13413 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13414 in hexl format.
13416 A sample format:
13418 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13419 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13420 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13421 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13422 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13423 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13424 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13425 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13426 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13427 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13428 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13429 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13430 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13431 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13432 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13434 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13435 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13436 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13438 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13439 also supported.
13441 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13443 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13444 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13445 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13447 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13448 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13449 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13451 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13452 into the buffer at the current point.
13454 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13455 into the buffer at the current point.
13457 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13458 into the buffer at the current point.
13460 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13462 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13463 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13465 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13467 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13471 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13472 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13473 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13474 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13476 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13478 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13479 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13480 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13482 \(fn)" t nil)
13484 ;;;***
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13489 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13490 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13495 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13496 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13497 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13498 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13500 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13501 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13502 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13503 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13505 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13506 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13507 which can be called interactively, are:
13509 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13510 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13512 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13513 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13514 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13515 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13517 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13518 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13520 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13521 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13522 available face automatically.
13524 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13525 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13527 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13528 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13529 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13530 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13531 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13532 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13533 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13534 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13535 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13536 function returns t.
13538 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13539 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13541 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13542 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13543 form:
13544 Hi-lock: FOO
13546 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13547 position (number of characters into buffer)
13548 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13549 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13550 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13554 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13555 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13556 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13557 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13558 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13559 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13561 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13563 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13564 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13565 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13566 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13567 ARG is omitted or nil.
13569 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13570 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13571 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13577 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13578 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13579 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13580 Use the global history list for FACE.
13582 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13583 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13584 highlighting will not update as you type.
13586 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13588 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13590 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13591 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13592 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13593 Use the global history list for FACE.
13595 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13596 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13597 highlighting will not update as you type.
13599 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13601 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13603 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13604 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13605 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13606 Use the global history list for FACE.
13608 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13609 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13610 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13612 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13613 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13614 highlighting will not update as you type.
13616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13618 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13621 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13622 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13623 unless you use a prefix argument.
13624 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13626 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13627 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13629 \(fn)" t nil)
13631 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13633 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13634 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13635 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13636 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13637 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13638 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13640 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13642 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13643 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13645 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13646 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13647 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13649 \(fn)" t nil)
13651 ;;;***
13653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21422 8265
13654 ;;;;;; 959286 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13657 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13658 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13659 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13660 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13661 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13663 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13664 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13665 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13666 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13668 `hide-ifdef-env'
13669 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13670 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13671 is used.
13673 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13674 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13675 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13676 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13677 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13679 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13680 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13681 #endif lines when hiding.
13683 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13684 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13685 is activated.
13687 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13688 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13689 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13691 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13695 ;;;***
13697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21381 47015
13698 ;;;;;; 637535 0))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13701 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13702 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13703 Each element has the form
13704 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13706 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13707 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13709 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13710 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13712 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13713 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13714 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13715 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13716 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13717 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13719 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13720 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13722 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13723 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13725 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13726 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13727 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13729 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13730 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13735 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13736 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13737 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13739 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13740 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13741 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13743 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13744 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13746 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13748 Key bindings:
13749 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13753 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13754 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13756 \(fn)" nil nil)
13758 ;;;***
13760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13761 ;;;;;; 0))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13764 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13765 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13767 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13768 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13770 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13771 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13772 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13773 this on and off.
13775 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13776 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13777 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13778 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13779 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13780 through various faces.
13781 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13782 buffer with the contents of a file
13783 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13788 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13790 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13791 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13794 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13795 in a distinctive face.
13797 The default value can be customized with variable
13798 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13800 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13806 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13808 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13810 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13811 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13815 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13816 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13818 \(fn)" t nil)
13820 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13821 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13823 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13824 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13825 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13826 shown in the last face in the list.
13828 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13829 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13830 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13832 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13834 \(fn)" t nil)
13836 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13837 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13839 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13841 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13842 to save the file.
13844 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13845 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13847 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13848 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13849 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13851 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13853 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13854 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13856 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13857 this function is called interactively.
13859 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13860 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13861 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13863 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13864 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13865 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13867 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13869 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13870 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13871 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13874 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13876 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13878 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13879 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13880 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13881 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13882 ARG is omitted or nil.
13884 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13885 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13886 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13890 ;;;***
13892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21402 53158 293492
13893 ;;;;;; 0))
13894 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13895 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13897 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13898 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13899 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13900 or insert functions in this list.")
13902 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13904 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13905 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13906 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13907 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13908 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13909 expansions.
13910 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13911 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13912 undoes the expansion.
13914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13916 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13917 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13918 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13919 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13921 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13923 ;;;***
13925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13926 ;;;;;; 0))
13927 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13929 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13930 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13931 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13932 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13933 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13935 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13936 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13937 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13938 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13939 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13940 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13942 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13943 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13944 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13945 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13949 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13950 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13951 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13954 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13956 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13958 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13959 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13964 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13965 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13966 windows.
13968 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13969 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13973 ;;;***
13975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
13976 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13981 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13982 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13987 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13989 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13991 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13992 Oriental holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13997 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13999 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14001 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14002 Local holidays.
14003 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14005 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14007 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14009 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14011 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14012 User defined holidays.
14013 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14015 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14017 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14019 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14020 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14022 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14024 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14025 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14027 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14029 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14030 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14032 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14034 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14035 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14037 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14041 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14042 Jewish holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14047 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14051 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14052 Christian holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14057 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14059 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14061 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14062 Islamic holidays.
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14067 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14069 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14071 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14072 Bahá'í holidays.
14073 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14075 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14077 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14079 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14081 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14082 Sun-related holidays.
14083 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14085 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14087 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14089 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14091 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14092 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14093 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14094 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14098 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14099 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14100 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14101 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14102 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14104 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14105 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14107 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14108 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14110 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14111 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14112 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14113 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14114 of a holiday list.
14116 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14118 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14120 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14122 ;;;***
14124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21417 20521
14125 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14128 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14129 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14131 \(fn)" t nil)
14133 ;;;***
14135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14136 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14137 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14138 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14140 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14141 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14142 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14143 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14144 as possible.
14146 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14147 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14148 fontified display.
14150 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14151 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14153 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14154 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14155 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14157 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14159 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14160 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14161 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14163 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14165 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14167 ;;;***
14169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14170 ;;;;;; 0))
14171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14173 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14174 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14176 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14177 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14178 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14180 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14181 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14182 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14183 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14184 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14185 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14187 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14188 title of the column.
14190 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14191 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14192 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14193 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14194 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14196 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14198 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14199 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14200 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14201 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14202 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14204 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14205 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14206 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14208 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14210 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14211 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14212 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14213 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14214 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14215 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14217 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14218 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14219 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14220 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14221 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14222 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14223 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14224 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14225 values are:
14226 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14227 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14228 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14229 buffer's modification flag.
14230 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14231 prompted before performing this operation.
14232 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14233 operation is complete, in the form:
14234 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14235 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14236 confirmation message, in the form:
14237 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14238 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14239 macro for exactly what it does.
14241 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14243 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14244 Define a filter named NAME.
14245 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14246 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14247 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14249 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14250 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14251 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14252 bound to the current value of the filter.
14254 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14256 ;;;***
14258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14259 ;;;;;; 0))
14260 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14262 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14263 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14264 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14265 buffers which are visiting a file.
14267 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14270 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14271 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14272 buffers which are visiting a file.
14274 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14276 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14277 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14278 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14280 All arguments are optional.
14281 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14282 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14283 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14284 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14285 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14286 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14287 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14288 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14289 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14290 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14291 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14292 that value locally in this buffer.
14294 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14296 ;;;***
14298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14299 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
14300 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14301 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14303 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14304 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14305 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14306 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14308 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14310 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14311 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14312 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14313 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14314 ICAL-FILENAME.
14315 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14316 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14317 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14319 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14321 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14322 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14323 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14324 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14325 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14326 non-marking or not.
14328 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14330 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14331 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14333 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14334 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14335 DIARY-FILE.
14337 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14338 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14339 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14341 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14342 non-marking.
14344 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14345 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14346 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14348 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14350 ;;;***
14352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14353 ;;;;;; 0))
14354 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14356 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14357 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14358 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14360 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14361 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14363 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14365 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14366 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14371 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14372 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14373 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14374 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14376 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14377 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14379 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14380 completions:
14382 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14386 ;;;***
14388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14389 ;;;;;; 0))
14390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14392 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14393 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14394 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14395 Tab indents for Icon code.
14396 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14397 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14398 \\{icon-mode-map}
14399 Variables controlling indentation style:
14400 icon-tab-always-indent
14401 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14402 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14403 icon-auto-newline
14404 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14405 inserted in Icon code.
14406 icon-indent-level
14407 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14408 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14409 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14410 icon-continued-statement-offset
14411 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14412 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14413 icon-continued-brace-offset
14414 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14415 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14416 icon-brace-offset
14417 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14418 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14419 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14420 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14422 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14423 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14425 \(fn)" t nil)
14427 ;;;***
14429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21419
14430 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14433 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14434 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14435 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14436 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14438 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14439 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14440 separate frames.
14442 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14443 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14445 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14446 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14447 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14451 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14453 ;;;***
14455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21339 34726
14456 ;;;;;; 39547 0))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14458 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14460 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14461 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14463 The main features of this mode are
14465 1. Indentation and Formatting
14466 --------------------------
14467 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14468 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14470 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14471 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14472 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14473 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14475 Comments are indented as follows:
14477 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14478 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14479 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14481 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14483 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14484 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14485 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14486 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14487 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14488 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14490 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14491 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14492 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14493 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14495 2. Routine Info
14496 ------------
14497 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14498 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14499 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14500 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14501 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14502 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14503 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14504 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14505 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14506 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14508 3. Online IDL Help
14509 ---------------
14511 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14512 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14513 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14514 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14516 4. Completion
14517 ----------
14518 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14519 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14520 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14521 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14522 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14523 upper case.
14525 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14526 --------------------------------
14527 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14528 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14530 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14531 \\fu FUNCTION template
14532 \\c CASE statement template
14533 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14534 \\f FOR loop template
14535 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14536 \\w WHILE loop template
14537 \\i IF statement template
14538 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14539 \\b BEGIN
14541 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14542 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14544 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14545 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14546 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14547 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14549 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14550 -------------------------
14551 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14552 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14554 7. Automatic END completion
14555 ------------------------
14556 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14557 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14559 8. Hooks
14560 -----
14561 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14562 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14564 9. Documentation and Customization
14565 -------------------------------
14566 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14567 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14568 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14569 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14570 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14572 10.Keybindings
14573 -----------
14574 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14575 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14576 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14578 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14580 \(fn)" t nil)
14582 ;;;***
14584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14587 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14588 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14589 The following values are possible:
14590 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14591 displaying...)
14592 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14593 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14594 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14597 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14599 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14601 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14602 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14603 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14604 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14605 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14606 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14607 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14608 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14609 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14613 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14614 Switch to another buffer.
14615 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14616 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14617 in another frame.
14619 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14620 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14621 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14622 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14623 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14625 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14626 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14628 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14630 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14631 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14632 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14633 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14634 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14635 in a separate window.
14636 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14637 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14638 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14639 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14640 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14641 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14642 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14643 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14644 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14646 \(fn)" t nil)
14648 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14649 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14650 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14651 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14653 \(fn)" t nil)
14655 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14656 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14657 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14658 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14660 \(fn)" t nil)
14662 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14663 Kill a buffer.
14664 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14665 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14667 \(fn)" t nil)
14669 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14670 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14671 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14672 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14674 \(fn)" t nil)
14676 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14677 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14678 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14679 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14681 \(fn)" t nil)
14683 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14684 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14686 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14688 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14689 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14690 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14691 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14692 in another frame.
14694 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14695 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14696 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14697 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14698 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14699 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14701 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14702 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14704 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14706 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14707 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14708 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14709 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14710 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14711 in a separate window.
14712 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14713 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14714 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14715 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14716 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14717 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14718 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14719 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14720 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14721 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14722 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14723 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14724 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14725 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14726 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14727 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14728 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14729 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14731 \(fn)" t nil)
14733 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14734 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14735 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14740 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14741 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14742 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14748 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14755 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14756 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14762 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14768 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14769 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14770 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14776 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14782 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14783 Write current buffer to a file.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14789 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14790 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14796 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14797 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14798 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14804 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14805 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14806 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14807 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14808 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14810 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14813 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14814 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14815 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14817 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14820 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14821 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14822 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14824 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14827 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14828 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14829 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14830 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14831 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14832 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14833 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14834 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14835 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14836 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14837 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14838 with point positioned at the end.
14839 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14840 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14842 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14844 ;;;***
14846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14847 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14849 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14850 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14851 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14852 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14856 ;;;***
14858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14861 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14863 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14864 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14868 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14872 ;;;***
14874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14875 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14877 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14878 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14879 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14880 be determined.
14882 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14884 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14885 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14886 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14887 be determined.
14889 \(fn)" nil nil)
14891 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14892 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14893 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14894 be determined.
14896 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14898 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14899 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14900 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14901 be determined.
14903 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14905 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14906 Determine and return image type.
14907 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14908 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14909 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14910 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14911 use its file extension as image type.
14912 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14914 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14916 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14917 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14918 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14920 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14922 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14923 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14924 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14926 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14927 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14928 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14929 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14930 must be available.
14932 \(fn)" nil nil)
14934 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14935 Create an image.
14936 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14937 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14938 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14939 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14940 use its file extension as image type.
14941 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14942 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14943 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14944 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14946 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14948 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14949 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14950 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14952 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14954 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14955 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14956 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14957 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14958 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14959 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14960 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14961 POS may be an integer or marker.
14962 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14963 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14964 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14965 means display it in the right marginal area.
14967 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14969 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14970 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14971 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14972 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14973 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14974 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14975 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14976 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14977 means display it in the right marginal area.
14978 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14979 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14980 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14981 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14982 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14984 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14986 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14987 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14988 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14989 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14990 STRING is a single space.
14991 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14992 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14993 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14994 means display it in the right marginal area.
14995 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14997 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14999 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15000 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15001 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15002 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15004 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15006 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15007 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15009 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15011 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15012 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15013 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15014 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15015 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15016 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15017 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15018 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15019 satisfied.
15021 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15023 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15025 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15028 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15030 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15031 documentation string.
15033 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15034 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15035 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15036 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15037 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15038 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15039 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15040 define SYMBOL.
15042 Example:
15044 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15045 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15047 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15049 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15051 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15052 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15053 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15054 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15056 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15057 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15058 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15059 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15061 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15063 \(fn)" nil nil)
15065 ;;;***
15067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15068 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15070 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15072 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15073 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15074 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15075 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15076 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15077 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15081 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15082 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15084 Convenience command that:
15086 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15087 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15088 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15090 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15091 image files in dired and type
15092 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15094 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15096 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15097 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15099 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15101 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15102 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15103 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15104 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15105 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15106 another one).
15108 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15109 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15110 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15112 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15113 instead of erasing it first.
15115 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15116 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15117 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15118 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15119 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15120 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15122 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15124 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15125 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15126 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15127 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15128 displayed.
15130 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15132 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15134 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15137 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15139 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15142 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15143 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15148 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15150 \(fn)" t nil)
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15153 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15154 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15155 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15160 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15162 \(fn)" t nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15165 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15167 \(fn)" t nil)
15169 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15170 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15172 \(fn)" t nil)
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15175 Display current image file.
15176 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15177 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15182 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15187 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15188 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15189 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15190 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15191 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15192 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15197 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15198 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15199 easy-to-use form.
15201 \(fn)" t nil)
15203 ;;;***
15205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15206 ;;;;;; 0))
15207 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15209 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15210 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15211 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15212 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15214 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15215 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15216 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15217 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15219 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15221 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15222 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15223 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15224 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15226 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15227 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15228 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15229 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15231 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15233 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15234 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15236 \(fn)" nil nil)
15238 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15239 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15240 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15241 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15243 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15245 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15246 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15247 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15250 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15252 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15254 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15255 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15260 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15261 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15262 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15266 ;;;***
15268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21334 16805 699731
15269 ;;;;;; 0))
15270 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15272 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15273 Major mode for image files.
15274 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15275 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15277 Key bindings:
15278 \\{image-mode-map}
15280 \(fn)" t nil)
15282 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15283 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15285 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15286 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15288 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15289 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15290 actual image.
15292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15294 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15295 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15296 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15297 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15298 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15299 to display an image file as the actual image.
15301 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15302 to display an image file as text initially.
15304 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15305 on these modes.
15307 \(fn)" t nil)
15309 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15312 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15314 ;;;***
15316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15319 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15320 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15322 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15324 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15325 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15326 in the buffer.
15328 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15330 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15331 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15332 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15334 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15336 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15337 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15338 Each element of this list should have the form
15340 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15342 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15343 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15344 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15345 matches are put).
15346 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15347 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15348 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15349 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15350 another element.
15351 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15352 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15353 the menu item.
15354 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15355 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15356 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15357 the ARGUMENTS.
15359 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15360 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15361 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15363 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15364 create a buffer index.
15366 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15367 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15368 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15369 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15370 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15372 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15374 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15375 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15377 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15378 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15379 called within a `save-excursion'.
15381 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15383 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15385 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15386 Function for finding the next index position.
15388 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15389 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15390 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15391 file.
15393 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15394 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15396 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15398 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15399 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15401 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15402 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15403 It should return the name for that index item.")
15405 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15407 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15408 Function to compare string with index item.
15410 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15411 non-nil if they match.
15413 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15414 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15415 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15416 arguments match\".")
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15420 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15421 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15422 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15424 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15425 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15427 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15431 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15432 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15433 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15434 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15436 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15438 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15439 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15441 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15443 \(fn)" t nil)
15445 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15446 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15447 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15448 for more information.
15450 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15452 ;;;***
15454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15455 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15458 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15459 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15461 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15463 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15466 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15468 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15471 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15473 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15476 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15478 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15479 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15481 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15483 ;;;***
15485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15486 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15489 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15490 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15491 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15492 to that buffer.
15493 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15494 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15495 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15498 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15500 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15502 ;;;***
15504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21419 7843 195974 0))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15507 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15508 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15509 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15510 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15511 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15512 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15513 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15514 first in this list.
15516 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15517 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15518 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15519 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15520 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15522 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15523 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15524 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15526 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15527 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15529 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15530 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15532 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15533 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15534 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15535 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15536 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15537 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15538 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15539 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15540 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15541 with the top-level Info directory.
15543 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15544 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15546 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15547 \"*info*<%s>\".
15549 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15550 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15551 in all the directories in that path.
15553 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15555 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15557 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15558 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15560 \(fn)" t nil)
15562 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15563 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15565 \(fn)" t nil)
15567 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15568 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15569 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15570 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15572 \(fn)" nil nil)
15574 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15575 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15576 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15577 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15579 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15581 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15582 Go to the Info directory node.
15584 \(fn)" t nil)
15586 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15587 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15588 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15589 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15590 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15591 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15593 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15595 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15596 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15597 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15599 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15601 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15602 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15603 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15604 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15605 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15607 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15609 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15610 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15611 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15612 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15613 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15615 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15616 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15618 Selecting other nodes:
15619 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15620 Follow a node reference you click on.
15621 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15622 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15623 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15624 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15625 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15626 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15627 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15628 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15629 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15630 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15631 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15632 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15633 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15634 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15635 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15636 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15637 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15638 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15639 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15640 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15642 Moving within a node:
15643 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15644 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15645 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15646 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15647 move up to the parent node.
15648 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15649 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15650 if there is none.
15651 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15653 Advanced commands:
15654 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15655 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15656 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15657 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15658 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15659 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15660 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15661 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15662 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15663 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15664 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15665 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15666 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15667 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15668 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15669 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15671 \(fn)" t nil)
15672 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15674 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15675 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15676 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15677 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15678 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15679 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15681 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15682 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15684 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15685 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15686 KEY is a string.
15687 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15688 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15689 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15690 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15692 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15694 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15695 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15696 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15698 \(fn)" t nil)
15700 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15701 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15702 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15704 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15706 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15707 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15708 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15709 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15711 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15713 ;;;***
15715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15716 ;;;;;; 0))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15719 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15720 Throw away all cached data.
15721 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15722 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15723 system.
15725 \(fn)" t nil)
15726 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15728 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15729 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15730 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15731 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15732 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15733 one found at point.
15735 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15737 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15738 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15740 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15741 Display the documentation of a file.
15742 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15743 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15744 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15745 The default file name is the one found at point.
15747 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15749 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15751 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15752 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15754 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15756 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15757 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15759 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15761 ;;;***
15763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15764 ;;;;;; 0))
15765 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15766 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15768 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15769 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15770 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15771 current info file is the default.
15773 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15774 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15775 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15776 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15777 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15779 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15780 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15781 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15782 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15783 mistake in the reference.
15785 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15786 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15787 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15789 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15790 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15791 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15792 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15794 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15796 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15797 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15798 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15799 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15800 checked.
15802 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15803 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15804 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15805 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15806 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15807 should be harmless.
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15811 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15812 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15813 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15814 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15816 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15817 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15818 and can take a long time.
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15822 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15823 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15824 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15826 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15828 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15829 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15831 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15832 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15833 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15834 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15835 all builtins).
15837 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15838 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15839 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15840 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15841 the sources handy.
15843 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15845 ;;;***
15847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15848 ;;;;;; 0))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15851 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15852 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15854 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15856 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15857 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15859 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15861 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15862 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15863 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15864 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15866 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15867 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15868 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15870 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15871 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15872 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15873 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15877 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15878 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15879 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15881 \(fn)" t nil)
15883 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15884 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15885 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15886 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15887 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15889 \(fn)" nil nil)
15891 ;;;***
15893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15894 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15896 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15898 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15899 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15900 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15902 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15904 ;;;***
15906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15907 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15910 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15911 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15913 \(fn)" t nil)
15915 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15916 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15923 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15928 ;;;;;; 0))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15930 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15932 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15933 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15934 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15935 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15936 accessed via isearchb.
15938 \(fn)" t nil)
15940 ;;;***
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15943 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15946 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15956 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15994 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16004 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16011 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Warn that format is read-only.
16019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16021 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Warn that format is write-only.
16024 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16026 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16029 \(fn)" t nil)
16031 ;;;***
16033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16034 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16036 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16037 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16039 ;;;***
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
16042 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16045 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16047 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16048 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16049 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16050 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16051 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16053 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16055 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16057 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16058 Key map for ispell menu.")
16060 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16061 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16062 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16063 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16065 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16067 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16069 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16071 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16073 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16074 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16075 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16076 Valid forms include:
16077 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16078 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16079 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16080 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16082 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16083 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16084 First list is used raw.
16085 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16087 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16088 for skipping in latex mode.")
16090 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16091 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16092 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16093 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16094 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16095 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16096 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16098 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16099 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16100 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16101 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16103 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16104 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16105 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16106 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16107 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16109 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16110 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16112 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16113 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16115 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16116 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16118 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16119 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16121 Return values:
16122 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16123 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16124 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16125 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16126 quit spell session exited.
16128 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16130 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16131 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16132 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16134 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16136 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16137 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16139 Selections are:
16141 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16142 SPC: Accept word this time.
16143 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16144 `a': Accept word for this session.
16145 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16146 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16147 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16148 `?': Show these commands.
16149 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16150 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16151 the aborted check to be completed later.
16152 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16153 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16154 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16155 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16156 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16157 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16158 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16160 \(fn)" nil nil)
16162 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16163 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16164 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16165 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16167 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16169 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16170 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16171 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16172 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16174 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16176 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16178 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16179 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16180 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16181 amount for last line processed.
16183 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16185 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16186 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16188 \(fn)" t nil)
16190 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16191 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16193 \(fn)" t nil)
16195 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16196 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16197 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16199 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16201 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16202 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16204 \(fn)" t nil)
16206 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16207 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16208 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16209 sequence inside of a word.
16211 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16213 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16215 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16216 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16218 \(fn)" t nil)
16220 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16221 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16222 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16223 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16225 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16226 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16227 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16228 available on the net.
16230 \(fn)" t nil)
16232 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16233 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16235 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16238 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16239 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16240 spelled.
16242 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16243 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16244 SPC.
16246 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16247 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16251 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16252 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16253 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16254 Don't check included messages.
16256 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16257 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16258 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16260 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16261 in your init file:
16262 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16263 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16264 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16265 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16267 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16268 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16269 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16271 \(fn)" t nil)
16273 ;;;***
16275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16276 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16279 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16280 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16281 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16284 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16286 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16288 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16289 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16292 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16294 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16295 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16299 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16301 ;;;***
16303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16304 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16305 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16307 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16310 \(fn)" nil nil)
16312 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16313 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16316 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16317 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16318 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16319 necessary to represent OBJ.
16321 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16323 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16328 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16330 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16334 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16336 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16338 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16340 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16341 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16343 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16345 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16346 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16347 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16348 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16352 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16355 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16357 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16359 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16360 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16361 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16363 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16365 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16367 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16368 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16369 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16371 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16373 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16374 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16375 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16377 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16379 ;;;***
16381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16382 ;;;;;; 0))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16385 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16386 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16387 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16388 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16390 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16393 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16395 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16396 Uninstall jka-compr.
16397 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16398 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16399 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16401 \(fn)" nil nil)
16403 ;;;***
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21388 20265 495157
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16408 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16410 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16411 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16413 \(fn)" t nil)
16414 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16416 ;;;***
16418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16420 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16422 ;;;***
16424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16425 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16426 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16428 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16429 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16431 decimal key must be specified.")
16433 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16435 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16436 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16437 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16438 decimal key must be specified.")
16440 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16442 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16443 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16444 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16445 decimal key must be specified.")
16447 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16449 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16450 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16451 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16452 decimal key must be specified.")
16454 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16456 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16457 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16458 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16459 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16460 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16461 keys are bound.
16463 Setup Binding
16464 -------------------------------------------------------------
16465 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16466 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16467 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16468 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16469 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16470 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16471 in the global and local keymaps.
16473 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16474 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16476 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16478 ;;;***
16480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16481 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16484 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16485 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16486 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16488 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16489 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16490 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16491 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16492 shorter.
16494 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16495 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16496 the context of text formatting.
16498 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16500 ;;;***
16502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16503 ;;;;;; 0))
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16506 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16507 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16508 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16509 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16510 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16511 positions that contains the current selection.")
16513 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16514 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16515 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16516 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16517 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16518 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16519 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16521 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16523 ;;;***
16525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16526 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16527 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16528 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16529 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16530 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16531 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16532 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16535 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16536 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16537 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16539 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16542 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16543 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16544 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16545 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16547 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16549 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16550 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16551 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16553 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16554 defining the macro.
16556 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16557 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16558 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16560 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16561 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16563 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16566 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16567 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16568 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16569 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16570 under that name.
16572 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16573 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16574 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16578 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16579 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16580 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16581 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16583 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16584 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16585 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16586 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16588 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16589 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16591 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16593 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16594 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16595 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16597 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16598 macro.
16600 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16601 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16603 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16604 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16605 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16607 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16608 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16614 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16615 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16619 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16620 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16621 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16622 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16624 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16625 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16627 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16629 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16630 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16631 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16633 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16635 ;;;***
16637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16638 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16641 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16642 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16643 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16645 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16648 \(fn)" nil nil)
16650 ;;;***
16652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21419 7843 195974
16653 ;;;;;; 0))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16655 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16657 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16659 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16660 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16662 \(fn)" t nil)
16664 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16665 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16666 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16667 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16669 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16670 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16671 none / 1 | yes | no
16672 2 | yes | yes
16673 3 | no | yes
16674 4 | no | no
16676 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16677 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16678 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16680 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16682 ;;;***
16684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16685 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16688 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16691 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16693 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16694 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16695 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16696 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16697 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16698 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16700 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16701 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16703 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16705 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16706 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16708 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16710 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16713 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16715 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16723 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16726 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16727 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16728 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16729 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16731 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16733 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16734 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16735 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16737 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16739 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16740 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16741 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16743 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16745 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16746 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16747 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16748 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16750 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16752 ;;;***
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16755 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16758 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16759 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16760 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16761 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16762 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16763 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16764 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16765 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16767 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16768 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16771 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16773 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16775 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16777 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16778 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16779 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16780 `latin1-display-setup'.
16782 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16784 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16786 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16787 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16790 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16792 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16794 ;;;***
16796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16797 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16800 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16801 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16803 \(fn)" t nil)
16805 ;;;***
16807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16810 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16811 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16812 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16813 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16814 generations (this defaults to 1).
16816 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16818 ;;;***
16820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16822 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16824 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16825 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16827 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16828 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16830 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16834 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16835 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16836 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16839 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16841 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16843 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16844 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16845 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16846 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16847 ARG is omitted or nil.
16849 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16850 `linum-on' would do it.
16851 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16855 ;;;***
16857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16858 ;;;;;; 0))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16861 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16862 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16863 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16864 is nil, raise an error.
16866 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16867 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16868 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16869 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16870 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16871 defined by the library.
16873 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16874 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16875 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16876 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16877 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16878 proceeds.
16880 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16881 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16882 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16883 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16885 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16887 ;;;***
16889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16890 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16892 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16893 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16894 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16896 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16898 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16899 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16900 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16901 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16903 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16904 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16905 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16906 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16907 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16908 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16909 the version.)
16911 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16912 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16914 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16915 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16917 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16918 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16920 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16922 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16923 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16924 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16925 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16926 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16927 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16928 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16929 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16930 to constrain a big search.
16932 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16934 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16935 except that FILTER is not optional.
16937 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16939 ;;;***
16941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21239 25528 651427
16942 ;;;;;; 0))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16945 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16946 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16947 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16948 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16949 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16950 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16951 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16952 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16953 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16954 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16956 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16957 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16958 associated values:
16959 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16960 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16961 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16962 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16963 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16965 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16966 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16967 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16969 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16971 ;;;***
16973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16974 ;;;;;; 0))
16975 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16977 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16978 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16980 \(fn)" t nil)
16982 ;;;***
16984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16985 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16987 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16988 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16990 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16991 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16993 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16994 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16995 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16997 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16998 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17000 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17001 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17002 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17003 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17004 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17005 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17006 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17008 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17010 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17011 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17012 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17013 switch on this list.
17014 See `lpr-command'.")
17016 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17018 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17019 Name of program for printing a file.
17021 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17022 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17023 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17024 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17025 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17026 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17027 argument.")
17029 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17031 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17032 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17033 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17034 for customization of the printer command.
17036 \(fn)" t nil)
17038 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17039 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17041 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17042 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17043 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17044 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17046 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17047 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17049 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17050 for further customization of the printer command.
17052 \(fn)" t nil)
17054 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17055 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17056 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17057 for customization of the printer command.
17059 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17061 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17062 Paginate and print the region contents.
17064 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17065 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17066 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17067 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17069 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17070 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17072 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17073 for further customization of the printer command.
17075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17077 ;;;***
17079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17080 ;;;;;; 0))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17083 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17084 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17085 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17087 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17089 ;;;***
17091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17092 ;;;;;; 0))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17095 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17096 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17097 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17098 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17102 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17104 ;;;***
17106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17107 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17110 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17111 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17113 \(fn)" t nil)
17115 ;;;***
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17120 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17121 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17122 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17123 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17124 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17126 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17128 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17129 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17130 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17131 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17132 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17134 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17135 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17136 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17137 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17138 bindings.
17140 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17141 use this command, and then save the file.
17143 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17145 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17146 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17147 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17148 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17149 each time the macro executes.
17150 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17151 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17152 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17153 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17154 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17155 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17156 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17158 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17160 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17161 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17162 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17163 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17165 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17166 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17167 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17168 execute.
17170 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17171 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17173 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17174 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17175 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17176 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17177 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17179 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17180 looked like this:
17182 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17183 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17184 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17186 You could enter the names in this format:
17192 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17194 \\C-x (
17195 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17196 \\C-x )
17198 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17199 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17201 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17202 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17204 ;;;***
17206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17207 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17210 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17211 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17212 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17213 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17214 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17215 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17217 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17218 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17219 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17220 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17221 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17223 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17224 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17225 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17226 consing a string.)
17228 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17230 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17231 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17233 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17235 ;;;***
17237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17238 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17241 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17242 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17244 \(fn)" nil nil)
17246 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17249 \(fn)" nil nil)
17251 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17252 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17254 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17256 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17257 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17258 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17259 message.
17261 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17263 \(fn)" nil nil)
17265 ;;;***
17267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17268 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17271 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17272 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17273 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17274 often correct parser.")
17276 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17278 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17279 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17280 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17281 a value which excludes your own email address.
17283 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17284 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17286 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17288 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17289 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17291 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17293 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17294 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17295 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17296 we return it unconverted.
17298 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17299 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17301 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17303 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17304 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17308 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17310 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17311 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17312 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17313 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17315 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17317 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17318 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17319 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17320 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17321 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17322 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17323 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17324 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17325 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17326 as Rmail does.
17328 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17330 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17331 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17332 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17333 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17334 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17335 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17336 matches may be returned from the message body.
17338 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17340 ;;;***
17342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17343 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17346 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17347 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17348 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17351 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17353 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17355 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17356 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17361 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17362 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17363 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17364 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17368 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17369 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17371 \(fn)" nil nil)
17373 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17374 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17375 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17377 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17379 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17380 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17381 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17383 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17384 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17385 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17386 double-quotes.
17388 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17390 ;;;***
17392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17393 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17396 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17397 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17398 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17399 king@grassland.com
17400 If `parens', they look like:
17401 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17402 If `angles', they look like:
17403 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17405 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17407 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17408 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17409 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17410 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17411 their `Resent-' variants.
17413 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17414 removed from alias expansions.
17416 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17418 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17419 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17420 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17422 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17423 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17424 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17425 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17427 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17429 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17430 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17431 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17433 \(fn)" nil nil)
17435 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17436 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17437 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17438 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17442 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17444 ;;;***
17446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17447 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17450 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17451 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17452 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17453 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17455 \(fn)" nil nil)
17457 ;;;***
17459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17460 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17463 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17464 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17466 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17467 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17468 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17469 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17470 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17471 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17473 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17474 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17475 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17476 dependency, despite the colon.
17478 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17480 In the browser, use the following keys:
17482 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17484 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17486 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17487 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17489 `makefile-target-colon':
17490 The string that gets appended to all target names
17491 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17492 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17494 `makefile-macro-assign':
17495 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17496 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17497 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17498 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17499 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17500 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17502 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17503 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17504 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17506 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17507 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17509 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17510 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17511 up or down in the browser.
17513 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17514 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17516 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17517 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17519 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17520 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17521 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17522 has been selected in the browser.
17524 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17525 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17526 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17527 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17528 filenames are omitted.
17530 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17532 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17533 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17534 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17535 the backslash itself intact.
17536 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17537 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17539 `makefile-browser-hook':
17540 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17541 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17543 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17544 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17545 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17546 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17550 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17551 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17553 \(fn)" t nil)
17555 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17556 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17558 \(fn)" t nil)
17560 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17561 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17563 \(fn)" t nil)
17565 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17566 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17568 \(fn)" t nil)
17570 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17571 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17575 ;;;***
17577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17578 ;;;;;; 0))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17581 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17582 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17583 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17585 \(fn)" t nil)
17587 ;;;***
17589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17592 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17594 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17595 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17596 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17597 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17598 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17599 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17600 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17601 page, it will display immediately.
17603 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17604 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17605 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17607 cat(1)
17608 1 cat
17610 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17611 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17612 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17613 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17615 -a chmod
17617 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17618 otherwise look like a page name.
17620 /my/file/name.1.gz
17621 -l somefile.1
17623 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17624 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17625 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17627 -k pattern
17629 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17631 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17632 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17634 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17636 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17637 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17639 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17641 ;;;***
17643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17644 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17645 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17647 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17648 Toggle Master mode.
17649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17653 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17654 using the following commands:
17656 \\{master-mode-map}
17658 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17659 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17660 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17664 ;;;***
17666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17667 ;;;;;; 0))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17670 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17671 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17672 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17675 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17677 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17679 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17680 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17682 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17683 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17685 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17686 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17687 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17688 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17692 ;;;***
17694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17695 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17696 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17698 ;;;***
17700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21326 22692 123234
17701 ;;;;;; 0))
17702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17704 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17706 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17707 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17708 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17709 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17710 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17711 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17712 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17713 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17714 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17715 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17716 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17717 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17718 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17719 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17720 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17721 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17722 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17723 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17724 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17725 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17726 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17727 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17728 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17729 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17730 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17731 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17732 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17733 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17734 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17735 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17736 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17737 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17738 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17739 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17740 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17741 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17742 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17743 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17748 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17749 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17750 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17751 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17753 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17755 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17756 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17758 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17761 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17763 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17766 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17768 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17771 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17772 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17774 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17776 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17777 Cancel an article you posted.
17778 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17783 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17784 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17785 header line with the old Message-ID.
17787 \(fn)" t nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17790 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17792 \(fn)" t nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17795 Forward the current message via mail.
17796 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17797 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17799 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17801 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17804 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17806 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17809 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17811 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17812 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17814 \(fn)" t nil)
17816 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17817 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17819 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17822 Re-mail the current message.
17823 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17824 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17825 you.
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17829 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17830 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17832 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17834 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17835 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17837 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17839 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17840 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17842 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17845 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17847 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17850 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17851 Works by overstriking characters.
17852 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17853 which specify the range to operate on.
17855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17857 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17858 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17859 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17860 which specify the range to operate on.
17862 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17864 ;;;***
17866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17867 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17869 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17871 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17872 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17877 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17881 ;;;***
17883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17884 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17887 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17888 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17889 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17891 \(fn)" t nil)
17893 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17894 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17895 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17896 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17897 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17898 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17899 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17901 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17903 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17904 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17905 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17906 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17907 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17908 means current).
17909 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17910 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17912 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17914 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17915 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17916 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17917 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17918 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17919 means current).
17920 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17921 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17923 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17925 ;;;***
17927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17928 ;;;;;; 0))
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17931 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17932 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17933 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17935 \(fn)" t nil)
17937 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17938 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17939 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17941 \(fn)" t nil)
17943 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17944 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17946 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17947 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17948 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17950 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17951 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17953 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17954 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17956 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17958 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17960 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17961 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17962 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17963 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17964 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17965 as `compose-mail'.
17967 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17968 initial Subject field, respectively.
17970 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17971 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17972 are strings.
17974 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17975 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17977 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17979 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17980 Save draft and send message.
17982 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17983 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17984 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17985 Mail Delivery*\".
17987 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17988 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17989 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17991 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17992 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17993 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17994 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17995 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17996 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17998 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17999 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18001 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18002 message and scan line.
18004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18006 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18007 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18009 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18010 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18011 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18012 delete the draft message.
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18016 ;;;***
18018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18020 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18022 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18024 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18026 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18028 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18029 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18033 ;;;***
18035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18036 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18039 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18040 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18041 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18043 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18044 the MH mail system.
18046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18048 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18049 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18050 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18052 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18053 the MH mail system.
18055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18057 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18058 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18060 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18061 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18062 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18063 separate command.
18065 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18066 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18067 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18068 format.
18070 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18072 Ranges
18073 ======
18074 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18075 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18076 can be used in several ways.
18078 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18079 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18080 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18081 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18082 page):
18084 <num1>-<num2>
18085 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18086 The range must be nonempty.
18088 <num>:N
18089 <num>:+N
18090 <num>:-N
18091 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18092 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18093 last.
18095 first:N
18096 prev:N
18097 next:N
18098 last:N
18099 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18102 All of the messages.
18104 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18105 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18107 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18108 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18109 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18111 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18115 ;;;***
18117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18118 ;;;;;; 0))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18121 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18122 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18123 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18124 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18125 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18126 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18127 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18128 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18129 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18130 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18131 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18133 \(fn)" t nil)
18135 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18136 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18137 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18138 to its second argument TM.
18140 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18142 ;;;***
18144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18145 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18148 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18149 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18150 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18152 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18153 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18155 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18157 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18158 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18159 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18160 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18161 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18163 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18164 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18165 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18166 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18167 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18168 is modified to remove the default indication.
18170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18172 ;;;***
18174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18175 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18177 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18178 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18179 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18180 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18181 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18182 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18183 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18184 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18185 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18187 \(fn)" t nil)
18189 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18190 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18191 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18192 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18193 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18194 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18195 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18196 The return value is always nil.
18198 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18200 ;;;***
18202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18203 ;;;;;; 0))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18205 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18207 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18208 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18210 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18211 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18212 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18213 next occurrence.
18215 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18216 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18217 end of the search space).
18219 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18220 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18221 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18222 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18223 should return the previous buffer to search.
18225 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18226 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18227 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18229 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18230 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18231 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18232 Isearch starts.")
18234 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18235 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18236 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18238 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18239 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18240 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18242 \(fn)" nil nil)
18244 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18245 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18246 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18247 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18248 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18249 whose names match the specified regexp.
18251 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18254 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18255 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18256 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18257 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18258 whose names match the specified regexp.
18260 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18262 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18263 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18264 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18265 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18266 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18267 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18268 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18270 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18272 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18273 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18274 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18275 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18276 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18277 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18278 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18280 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18282 ;;;***
18284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18285 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18287 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18289 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18290 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18292 \(fn)" t nil)
18294 ;;;***
18296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18297 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18300 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18301 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18303 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18305 ;;;***
18307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18308 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18311 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18312 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18314 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18316 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18317 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18318 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18319 the entire message.
18320 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18322 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18324 ;;;***
18326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18327 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18330 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18331 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18332 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18333 the entire message.
18334 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18336 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18338 ;;;***
18340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18341 ;;;;;; 0))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18344 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18345 Insert file contents of URL.
18346 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18351 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18358 ;;;;;; 0))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18361 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18362 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18363 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18364 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18365 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18367 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18369 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18370 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18371 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18373 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18375 ;;;***
18377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18380 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18381 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18383 \(fn)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18386 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18387 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18388 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18389 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18391 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18392 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18393 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18394 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18395 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18396 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18398 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18400 ;;;***
18402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18403 ;;;;;; 0))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18406 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18411 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18416 ;;;***
18418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21356 43818 957743
18419 ;;;;;; 0))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18422 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18425 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18427 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18430 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18432 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18435 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18437 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18440 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18445 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18450 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18455 \(fn)" nil nil)
18457 ;;;***
18459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18460 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18463 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18465 ;;;***
18467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18468 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18471 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18473 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18474 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18475 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18476 followed by the first character of the construct.
18477 \\<m2-mode-map>
18478 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18479 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18480 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18481 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18482 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18483 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18484 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18485 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18486 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18487 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18488 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18489 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18490 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18491 \\[m2-link] link
18493 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18494 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18495 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18497 \(fn)" t nil)
18499 ;;;***
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18502 ;;;;;; 0))
18503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18505 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18506 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18508 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18510 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18511 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18513 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18515 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18516 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18520 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18525 ;;;***
18527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18528 ;;;;;; 0))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18531 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18532 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18534 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18535 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18536 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18538 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18539 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18540 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18542 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18543 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18545 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18546 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18547 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18548 hemisphere you're in.)
18550 To test this function, evaluate:
18551 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18553 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18555 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18556 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18558 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18559 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18561 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18562 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18563 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18565 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18566 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18568 To test this function, evaluate:
18569 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18571 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18573 ;;;***
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21361 61732 646433 0))
18576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18578 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18579 Main entry point for MPC.
18581 \(fn)" t nil)
18583 ;;;***
18585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18588 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18589 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18591 \(fn)" t nil)
18593 ;;;***
18595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18596 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18598 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18599 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18600 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18603 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18605 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18607 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18608 Toggle Msb mode.
18609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18610 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18611 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18613 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18614 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18618 ;;;***
18620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18621 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18624 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18625 Display a list of all character sets.
18627 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18628 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18629 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18630 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18631 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18633 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18634 but still shows the full information.
18636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18639 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18640 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18642 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18643 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18644 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18645 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18646 meanings of these arguments.
18648 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18650 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18653 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18655 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18658 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18660 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18663 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18665 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18668 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18669 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18670 in place of `..':
18671 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18672 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18673 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18674 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18675 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18676 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18677 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18678 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18679 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18680 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18681 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18682 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18683 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18684 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18685 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18686 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18688 \(fn)" t nil)
18690 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18693 \(fn)" t nil)
18695 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18696 Display a list of all coding systems.
18697 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18699 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18700 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18704 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display a list of all coding categories.
18707 \(fn)" nil nil)
18709 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18711 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18713 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18715 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18716 Display information about FONTSET.
18717 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18719 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18721 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18722 Display a list of all fontsets.
18723 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18724 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18725 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18727 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18729 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display information about all input methods.
18732 \(fn)" t nil)
18734 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18737 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18738 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18739 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18740 system which uses fontsets).
18742 \(fn)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18745 Show log of font listing and opening.
18746 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18747 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18749 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18751 ;;;***
18753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21412
18754 ;;;;;; 2598 318409 0))
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18757 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18758 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18760 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18761 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18763 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18764 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18766 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18768 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18769 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18770 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18771 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18772 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18773 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18774 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18776 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18777 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18778 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18779 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18780 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18781 middle of a character in STR.
18783 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18784 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18786 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18787 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18788 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18789 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18790 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18792 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18794 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18795 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18797 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18798 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18799 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18801 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18802 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18803 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18805 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18806 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18807 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18808 are considered.
18809 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18810 longer than KEYSEQ.
18811 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18813 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18815 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18816 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18817 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18818 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18819 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18820 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18821 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18822 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18823 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18824 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18825 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18827 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18829 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18830 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18832 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18834 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18835 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18839 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18840 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18842 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18844 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18845 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18849 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18850 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18851 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18852 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18853 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18855 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18856 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18858 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18859 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18860 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18861 coding systems ordered by priority.
18863 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18865 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18867 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18868 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18869 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18870 language environment LANG-ENV.
18872 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18874 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18875 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18876 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18877 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18878 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18879 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18881 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18883 ;;;***
18885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18886 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18889 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18890 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18892 \(fn)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18895 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18899 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18900 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18902 \(fn)" t nil)
18904 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18905 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18907 \(fn)" t nil)
18909 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18910 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18912 \(fn)" t nil)
18914 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18915 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18917 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18920 Ping HOST.
18921 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18922 `ping-program-options'.
18924 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18926 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18927 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18929 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18931 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18932 Run nslookup program.
18934 \(fn)" t nil)
18936 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18937 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18941 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18942 Run dig program.
18944 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18947 Run ftp program.
18949 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18951 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18952 Finger USER on HOST.
18954 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18957 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18958 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18959 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18961 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18963 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18966 \(fn)" t nil)
18968 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18969 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18971 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18973 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18974 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18976 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18978 ;;;***
18980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18981 ;;;;;; 0))
18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18984 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18985 Return a user name/password pair.
18986 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18987 listed in the PORTS list.
18989 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18991 ;;;***
18993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
18994 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18997 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18998 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18999 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19000 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19001 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19002 closes it.
19004 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19005 make it unique.
19006 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19007 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19008 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19009 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19010 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19011 a port number to connect to.
19013 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19014 values:
19016 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19017 nil or `network'
19018 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19019 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19020 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19021 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19022 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19023 an unencrypted connection.
19024 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19025 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19026 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19027 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19028 returned object is a killed process.
19029 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19030 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19031 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19033 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19034 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19035 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19036 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19037 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19038 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19039 or nil if none could be found.
19040 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19041 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19043 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19045 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19046 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19047 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19049 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19050 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19051 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19053 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19054 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19055 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19057 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19058 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19059 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19060 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19062 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19063 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19065 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19066 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19067 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19068 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19069 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19070 or STARTTLS connections.
19072 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19073 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19075 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19076 a greeting from the server.
19078 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19079 asynchronously, if possible.
19081 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19083 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19085 ;;;***
19087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19088 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19091 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19092 Check whether newsticker is running.
19093 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19094 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19096 \(fn)" nil nil)
19098 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19099 Start the newsticker.
19100 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19101 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19102 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19103 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19105 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19107 ;;;***
19109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19110 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19111 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19113 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19114 Start newsticker plainview.
19116 \(fn)" t nil)
19118 ;;;***
19120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19121 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19124 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19125 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19129 ;;;***
19131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19132 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19135 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19136 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19137 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19138 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19139 empty.
19141 \(fn)" nil nil)
19143 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19144 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19145 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19146 running already.
19148 \(fn)" t nil)
19150 ;;;***
19152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19153 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19156 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19157 Start newsticker treeview.
19159 \(fn)" t nil)
19161 ;;;***
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19164 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19166 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19168 ;;;***
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19171 ;;;;;; 0))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19174 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19175 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19177 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19179 ;;;***
19181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19182 ;;;;;; 0))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19185 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19186 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19187 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19188 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19189 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19190 symbol in the alist.
19192 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19194 ;;;***
19196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19197 ;;;;;; 0))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19200 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19201 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19202 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19206 ;;;***
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19211 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19212 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19214 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19216 ;;;***
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19223 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19224 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19225 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19227 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19230 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19232 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19233 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19234 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19235 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19236 to future sessions.
19238 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19240 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19241 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19242 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19243 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19244 future sessions.
19246 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19248 ;;;***
19250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19251 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19254 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19255 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19256 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19257 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19258 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19259 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19261 \(fn)" t nil)
19263 ;;;***
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19267 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19269 ;;;***
19271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19272 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19275 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19276 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19277 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19278 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19280 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19282 ;;;***
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19285 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19288 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19289 Major mode for editing XML.
19291 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19292 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19293 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19294 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19295 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19296 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19297 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19299 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19301 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19302 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19304 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19305 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19306 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19307 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19308 instead of C-c.
19310 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19311 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19312 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19313 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19314 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19315 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19317 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19318 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19319 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19321 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19322 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19323 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19325 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19326 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19327 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19328 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19329 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19330 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19331 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19332 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19333 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19335 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19337 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19338 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19340 \(fn)" t nil)
19341 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19343 ;;;***
19345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19346 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19349 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19350 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19351 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19352 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19354 \(fn)" t nil)
19356 ;;;***
19358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21322 25639
19359 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
19360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19362 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19363 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19365 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19366 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19367 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19368 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19370 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19372 Key bindings:
19373 \\{octave-mode-map}
19375 \(fn)" t nil)
19377 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19378 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19379 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19381 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19383 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19384 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19386 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19387 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19388 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19392 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19394 ;;;***
19396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19397 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19400 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19402 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19403 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19404 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19405 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19406 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19408 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19410 Customization:
19412 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19413 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19414 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19415 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19416 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19417 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19418 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19419 Directories to search when finding external units.
19420 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19421 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19423 Coloring:
19425 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19426 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19428 \(fn)" t nil)
19430 ;;;***
19432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
19433 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19435 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19436 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19438 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19440 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19441 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19442 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19443 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19444 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19445 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19447 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19449 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19450 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19451 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19452 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19453 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19455 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19457 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19458 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19460 \(fn)" nil nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19463 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19465 \(fn)" nil nil)
19467 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19468 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19469 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19471 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19472 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19473 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19474 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19475 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19476 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19477 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19478 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19479 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19480 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19482 The following commands are available:
19484 \\{org-mode-map}
19486 \(fn)" t nil)
19488 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19489 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19491 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19492 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19493 in special contexts.
19495 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19496 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19497 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19498 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19499 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19500 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19501 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19502 properties in the buffer.
19503 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19504 including any drawers.
19506 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19508 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19509 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19510 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19511 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19512 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19513 and zoom in further.
19514 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19515 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19517 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19518 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19519 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19520 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19521 times right after creating a new headline.
19523 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19524 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19525 is negative, go up that many levels.
19527 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19528 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19529 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19531 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19532 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19533 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19534 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19539 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19540 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19541 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19544 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19546 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19547 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19548 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19549 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19550 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19551 defined by Org-mode).
19553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19555 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19556 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19558 \(fn)" nil nil)
19560 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19561 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19563 \(fn)" nil nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19566 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19567 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19568 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19569 call CMD.
19571 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19573 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19574 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19575 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19576 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19578 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19579 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19580 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19582 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19583 part of Org's core.
19585 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19586 active region.
19588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19590 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19591 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19592 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19594 \(fn)" t nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19597 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19598 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19599 Org-mode syntax.
19601 \(fn)" t nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19604 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19606 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19608 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19609 Switch between Org buffers.
19610 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19611 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19613 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19614 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19618 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19620 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19622 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19623 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19624 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19625 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19627 \(fn)" t nil)
19629 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19630 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19632 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19634 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19635 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19636 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19638 \(fn)" t nil)
19640 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19641 Reload all org lisp files.
19642 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19644 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19646 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19647 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19649 \(fn)" t nil)
19651 ;;;***
19653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19654 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19657 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19658 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19662 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19663 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19664 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19665 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19667 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19668 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19669 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19670 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19671 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19672 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19673 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19674 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19675 e Export views to associated files.
19676 s Search entries for keywords.
19677 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19678 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19679 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19680 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19681 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19682 > Remove a previous restriction.
19683 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19684 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19685 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19687 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19688 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19689 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19691 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19692 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19693 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19694 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19695 \(if active).
19697 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19699 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19700 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19701 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19702 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19703 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19704 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19705 before running the agenda command.
19707 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19709 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19710 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19711 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19712 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19713 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19714 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19715 before running the agenda command.
19717 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19718 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19720 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19722 category The category of the item
19723 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19724 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19725 todo selected in TODO match
19726 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19727 diary imported from diary
19728 deadline a deadline on given date
19729 scheduled scheduled on given date
19730 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19731 closed entry was closed on given date
19732 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19733 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19734 block entry has date block including g. date
19735 todo The todo keyword, if any
19736 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19737 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19738 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19739 extra Sting with extra planning info
19740 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19741 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19742 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19744 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19746 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19747 Store agenda views.
19749 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19751 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19752 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19754 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19756 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19757 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19758 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19759 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19761 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19762 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19763 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19765 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19766 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19768 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19769 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19771 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19773 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19774 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19776 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19777 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19778 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19779 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19780 EDIT-AT.
19782 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19783 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19784 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19785 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19786 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19787 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19789 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19790 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19791 including newlines.
19793 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19794 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19795 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19796 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19797 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19798 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19799 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19801 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19802 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19803 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19804 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19806 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19807 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19808 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19809 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19810 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19811 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19812 Boolean search must match as full words.
19814 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19815 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19817 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19819 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19820 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19821 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19822 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19823 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19824 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19828 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19829 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19830 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19832 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19835 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19836 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19837 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19838 `org-stuck-projects'.
19840 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19843 Return diary information from org files.
19844 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19845 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19846 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19847 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19848 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19850 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19852 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19854 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19855 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19857 &%%(org-diary)
19859 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19860 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19861 So the example above may also be written as
19863 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19865 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19866 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19867 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19869 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19871 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19872 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19874 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19877 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19878 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19879 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19880 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19882 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19885 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19886 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19888 \(fn)" t nil)
19890 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19891 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19892 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19893 appointments.
19895 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19896 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19898 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19899 for filtering entries out.
19901 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19902 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19903 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19905 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19906 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19908 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19909 (category \"Work\"))
19911 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19912 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19914 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19915 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19916 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19917 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19918 details and examples.
19920 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19921 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19923 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19925 ;;;***
19927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19928 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19931 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19932 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19934 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19937 Capture something.
19938 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19939 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19940 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19941 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19942 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19943 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19945 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19946 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19947 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19948 stored.
19950 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19952 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19953 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19954 will be bypassed.
19956 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19957 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19958 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19959 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19961 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19963 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19964 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19966 \(fn)" t nil)
19968 ;;;***
19970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19971 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19972 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19974 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19975 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19982 \(fn)" nil nil)
19984 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19985 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19986 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19988 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19991 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19993 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19996 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19998 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20000 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20001 Write the column view table.
20002 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20004 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20005 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20006 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20007 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20008 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20009 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20010 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20011 using `org-id-find'.
20012 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20013 a hline before each level <= that number.
20014 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20015 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20016 :skip-empty-rows
20017 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20018 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20020 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20023 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20028 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20032 ;;;***
20034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21417 20521
20035 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20038 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20039 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20041 \(fn)" nil t)
20043 ;;;***
20045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20046 ;;;;;; 0))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20049 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20050 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20052 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20054 ;;;***
20056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20057 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20060 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20061 The release version of org-mode.
20062 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20064 \(fn)" nil nil)
20066 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20067 The Git version of org-mode.
20068 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20070 \(fn)" nil nil)
20072 ;;;***
20074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20075 ;;;;;; 0))
20076 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20077 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20078 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20080 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20081 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20082 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20083 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20085 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20086 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20087 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20088 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20090 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20091 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20092 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20093 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20094 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20095 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20097 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20098 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20099 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20101 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20102 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20103 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20104 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20105 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20106 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20107 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20108 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20109 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20110 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20111 The subheadings remain visible.
20112 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20114 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20115 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20116 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20118 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20119 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20121 \(fn)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20124 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20129 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20132 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20134 ;;;***
20136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21419 62246
20137 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20139 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20141 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20142 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20143 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20144 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20145 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20147 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20148 activate the package system at any time.")
20150 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20152 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20153 Install the package PKG.
20154 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20155 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20157 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20159 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20160 Install a package from the current buffer.
20161 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20162 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20163 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20165 \(fn)" t nil)
20167 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20168 Install a package from a file.
20169 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20171 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20173 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20174 Import keys from FILE.
20176 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20178 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20179 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20180 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20181 makes them available for download.
20183 \(fn)" t nil)
20185 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20186 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20187 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20188 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20190 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20192 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20193 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20195 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20197 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20198 Display a list of packages.
20199 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20200 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20201 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20203 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20205 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20207 ;;;***
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20212 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20213 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20214 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20217 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20219 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20221 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20222 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20227 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20228 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20229 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20233 ;;;***
20235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21296
20236 ;;;;;; 1575 438327 0))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20238 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20240 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20241 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20242 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20243 unknown are returned as nil.
20245 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20247 ;;;***
20249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 49445
20250 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20253 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20254 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20255 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20257 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20258 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20260 Other useful functions are:
20262 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20263 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20264 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20265 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20266 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20267 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20268 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20269 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20270 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20272 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20274 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20275 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20276 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20277 Indentation for case statements.
20278 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20279 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20280 mark after an end.
20281 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20282 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20283 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20284 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20285 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20286 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20287 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20288 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20289 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20290 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20292 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20293 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20295 \(fn)" t nil)
20297 ;;;***
20299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20300 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20301 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20303 (defvar password-cache t "\
20304 Whether to cache passwords.")
20306 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20308 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20309 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20310 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20312 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20314 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20315 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20317 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20319 ;;;***
20321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20322 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20325 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20326 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20327 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20329 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20330 _ matches anything.
20331 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20332 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20333 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20334 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20335 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20336 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20337 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20338 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20339 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20340 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20342 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20343 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20344 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20345 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20346 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20347 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20349 PRED can take the form
20350 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20351 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20352 which is the value being matched.
20353 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20354 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20355 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20356 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20357 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20359 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20361 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20363 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20364 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20365 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20366 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20368 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20370 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20372 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20373 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20374 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20375 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20377 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20379 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20381 ;;;***
20383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20384 ;;;;;; 0))
20385 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20387 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20388 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20390 \(fn)" nil nil)
20392 ;;;***
20394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20395 ;;;;;; 0))
20396 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20399 Completion for `gzip'.
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20403 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20404 Completion for `bzip2'.
20406 \(fn)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20409 Completion for GNU `make'.
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20414 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20418 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20420 ;;;***
20422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20423 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20424 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20427 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20432 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20437 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441 ;;;***
20443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20444 ;;;;;; 0))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20448 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20452 ;;;***
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20455 ;;;;;; 0))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20458 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20459 Completion for `cd'.
20461 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20466 Completion for `rmdir'.
20468 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20471 Completion for `rm'.
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20476 Completion for `xargs'.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20483 Completion for `which'.
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20488 Completion for the `chown' command.
20490 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20493 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20498 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20500 \(fn)" nil nil)
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20503 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20504 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 ;;;***
20510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20511 ;;;;;; 0))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20515 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20520 Completion for the `ack' command.
20521 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20522 long options.
20524 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20529 Completion for the `ag' command.
20531 \(fn)" nil nil)
20533 ;;;***
20535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20536 ;;;;;; 0))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20540 Support extensible programmable completion.
20541 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20542 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20544 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20547 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20549 \(fn)" t nil)
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20552 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20553 This will modify the current buffer.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20558 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20560 \(fn)" t nil)
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20563 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20564 This will modify the current buffer.
20566 \(fn)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20569 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20574 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20579 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20580 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20581 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20582 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20584 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20586 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20587 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20589 \(fn)" nil nil)
20591 ;;;***
20593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20596 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20597 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20598 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20599 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20601 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20603 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20605 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20606 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20607 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20608 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20609 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20610 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20611 FLAGS is ignored.
20613 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20615 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20616 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20617 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20618 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20619 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20620 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20621 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20622 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20624 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20626 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20627 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20628 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20629 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20630 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20631 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20632 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20633 passed to cvs.
20635 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20638 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20639 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20640 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20641 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20642 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20643 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20645 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20647 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20648 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20649 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20651 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20653 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20654 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20655 A value of nil means never do it.
20656 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20657 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20658 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20660 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20662 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20663 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20664 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20666 ;;;***
20668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20669 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20672 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20673 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20675 ;;;***
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21339
20678 ;;;;;; 34726 39547 0))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20680 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20681 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20682 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20683 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20684 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20685 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20687 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20688 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20689 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20690 Tab indents for Perl code.
20691 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20692 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20693 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20694 \\{perl-mode-map}
20695 Variables controlling indentation style:
20696 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20697 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20698 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20699 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20700 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20701 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20702 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20703 `perl-nochange'
20704 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20705 `perl-indent-level'
20706 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20707 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20708 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20709 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20710 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20711 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20712 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20713 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20714 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20715 `perl-brace-offset'
20716 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20717 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20718 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20719 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20720 `perl-label-offset'
20721 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20722 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20723 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20725 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20726 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20727 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20728 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20729 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20730 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20731 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20733 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20735 \(fn)" t nil)
20737 ;;;***
20739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 62246
20740 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20743 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20744 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20745 \\<picture-mode-map>
20746 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20747 afterwards settable by these commands:
20749 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20750 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20751 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20752 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20754 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20755 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20756 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20757 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20759 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20760 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20761 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20762 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20764 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20765 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20766 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20767 with these commands:
20769 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20770 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20771 Move to column following last
20772 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20773 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20774 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20775 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20776 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20777 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20779 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20781 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20782 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20783 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20784 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20785 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20786 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20788 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20789 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20790 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20791 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20792 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20793 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20794 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20796 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20797 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20798 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20799 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20800 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20801 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20802 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20803 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20805 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20806 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20807 by supplying an argument.
20809 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20811 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20812 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20816 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20818 ;;;***
20820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20821 ;;;;;; 0))
20822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20824 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20825 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20827 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20829 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20830 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20832 \(fn)" t nil)
20834 ;;;***
20836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20837 ;;;;;; 0))
20838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20840 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20841 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20842 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20844 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20846 ;;;***
20848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20851 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20852 Play pong and waste time.
20853 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20854 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20856 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20858 \\{pong-mode-map}
20860 \(fn)" t nil)
20862 ;;;***
20864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20867 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20868 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20869 Use streaming commands.
20871 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20873 ;;;***
20875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20876 ;;;;;; 0))
20877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20879 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20880 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20881 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20882 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20884 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20886 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20887 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20889 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20892 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20893 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20894 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20895 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20897 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20899 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20900 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20901 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20903 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20905 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20906 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20908 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20910 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20911 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20912 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20913 Ignores leading comment characters.
20915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20917 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20918 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20919 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20920 Ignores leading comment characters.
20922 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20924 ;;;***
20926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21364 37926 837230
20927 ;;;;;; 0))
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20929 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20931 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20932 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20934 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20936 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20940 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20941 Preview directory using ghostview.
20943 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20944 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20945 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20946 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20948 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20949 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20950 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20951 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20952 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20953 file name.
20955 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20957 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20959 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20960 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20962 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20963 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20964 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20965 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20968 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20969 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20970 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20971 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20972 file name.
20974 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20976 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20978 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20979 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20982 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20983 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20984 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20986 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20987 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20988 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20989 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20990 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20991 file name.
20993 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20995 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20998 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21000 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21002 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21003 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21004 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21005 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21007 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21008 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21009 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21010 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21011 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21012 file name.
21014 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21016 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21018 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21019 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21021 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21022 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21023 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21025 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21026 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21027 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21028 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21033 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21036 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21037 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21039 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21040 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21041 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21042 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21047 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21050 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21051 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21053 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21054 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21055 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21056 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21061 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21063 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21065 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21066 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21067 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21069 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21070 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21071 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21072 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21076 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21077 Preview region using ghostview.
21079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21084 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21086 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21088 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21090 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21091 Print region using PostScript printer.
21093 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21095 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21097 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21098 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21100 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21102 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21104 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21105 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21107 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21109 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21112 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21114 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21116 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21119 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21121 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21123 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21125 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21126 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21128 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21130 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21133 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21134 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21135 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21137 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21138 matching.
21140 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21141 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21143 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21145 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21147 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21148 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21149 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21150 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21152 \(fn)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21155 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21156 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21157 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21159 \(fn)" t nil)
21161 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21162 Print directory using text printer.
21164 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21165 matching.
21167 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21168 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21170 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21172 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21175 Print buffer using text printer.
21177 \(fn)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21180 Print region using text printer.
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21185 Print major mode using text printer.
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21190 Preview spooled PostScript.
21192 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21193 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21194 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21196 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21197 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21198 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21200 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21203 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21207 instead of sending it to the printer.
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21211 image in a file with that name.
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21216 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21218 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21219 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21220 instead of sending it to the printer.
21222 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21223 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21224 image in a file with that name.
21226 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21229 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21232 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21233 instead of sending it to the printer.
21235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21236 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21237 image in a file with that name.
21239 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21242 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21244 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21247 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21249 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21252 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21254 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21257 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21259 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21262 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21264 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21267 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21269 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21270 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21271 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21272 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21274 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21275 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21276 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21277 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21278 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21279 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21280 file name.
21282 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21285 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21290 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21292 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21293 right.
21294 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21295 bottom.
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21300 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21305 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21310 Toggle printing with faces.
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21315 Toggle spooling.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21320 Toggle duplex.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21325 Toggle tumble.
21327 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21328 right.
21329 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21330 bottom.
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21335 Toggle landscape.
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21340 Toggle upside-down.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21345 Toggle line number.
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21350 Toggle zebra stripes.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21355 Toggle printing header.
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21360 Toggle printing header frame.
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21365 Toggle menu lock.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21370 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21375 Toggle auto mode.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21380 Customization of the `printing' group.
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21385 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21387 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21390 Help for the printing package.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21395 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21400 Interactively select a text printer.
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21405 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21410 Show current ps-print settings.
21412 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21415 Show current printing settings.
21417 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21420 Show current lpr settings.
21422 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21425 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21427 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21428 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21429 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21430 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21433 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21435 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21436 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21437 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21439 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21440 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21441 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21442 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21443 current active printer.
21445 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21446 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21447 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21448 printer.
21450 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21451 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21452 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21453 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21454 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21457 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21458 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21460 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21462 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21463 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21464 be done using the new current active printer.
21466 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21467 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21468 printer.
21470 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21471 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21472 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21473 instead of sending it to the printer.
21475 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21476 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21477 printer.
21479 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21482 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21483 are both set to t.
21485 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21488 Fast fire function for text printing.
21490 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21491 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21492 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21493 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21495 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21496 user for a new active text printer.
21498 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21500 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21502 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21503 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21504 printer.
21506 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21508 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21509 are both set to t.
21511 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21513 ;;;***
21515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21516 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21518 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21519 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21520 \\<proced-mode-map>
21521 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21522 the process information.
21524 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21526 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21527 Proced buffers.
21529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21531 ;;;***
21533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21534 ;;;;;; 0))
21535 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21537 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21538 Start/restart profilers.
21539 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21540 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21541 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21543 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21546 Open profile FILENAME.
21548 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21551 Open profile FILENAME.
21553 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21556 Open profile FILENAME.
21558 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21560 ;;;***
21562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21383 2343
21563 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
21564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21566 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21567 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21569 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21570 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21572 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21574 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21575 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21577 Commands:
21578 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21580 \(fn)" t nil)
21582 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21583 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21584 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21586 \(fn)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21589 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21590 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21594 ;;;***
21596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21599 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21600 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21601 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21603 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21605 ;;;***
21607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21608 ;;;;;; 902592 0))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21610 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21612 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21613 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21615 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21617 The following variables hold user options, and can
21618 be set through the `customize' command:
21620 `ps-mode-tab'
21621 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21622 `ps-mode-print-function'
21623 `ps-run-prompt'
21624 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21625 `ps-run-x'
21626 `ps-run-dumb'
21627 `ps-run-init'
21628 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21629 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21631 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21634 \\{ps-mode-map}
21637 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21638 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21639 The keymap for this second window is:
21641 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21644 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21645 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21646 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21647 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21648 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 ;;;***
21654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21360 40869 887231
21655 ;;;;;; 0))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21657 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21659 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21660 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21661 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21663 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21665 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21666 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21667 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21668 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21670 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21672 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21673 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21675 Valid values are:
21677 nil Do not print colors.
21679 t Print colors.
21681 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21682 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21684 Any other value is treated as t.")
21686 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21688 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21689 Customization of ps-print group.
21691 \(fn)" t nil)
21693 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21694 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21696 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21697 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21698 sending it to the printer.
21700 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21701 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21702 image in a file with that name.
21704 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21708 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21709 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21710 so it has a way to determine color values.
21712 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21716 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21718 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21721 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21722 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21723 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21724 so it has a way to determine color values.
21726 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21728 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21730 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21731 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21733 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21735 \(fn)" t nil)
21737 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21738 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21739 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21740 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21741 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21743 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21745 \(fn)" t nil)
21747 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21748 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21749 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21751 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21753 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21755 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21756 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21757 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21758 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21759 so it has a way to determine color values.
21761 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21765 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21766 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21769 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21770 instead of sending it to the printer.
21772 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21773 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21774 image in a file with that name.
21776 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21779 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21780 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21781 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21782 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21784 \(fn)" t nil)
21786 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21787 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21788 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21790 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21792 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21793 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21794 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21796 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21799 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21801 \(fn)" nil nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21804 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21806 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21807 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21809 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21810 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21812 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21814 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21816 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21818 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21819 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21821 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21822 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21824 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21825 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21827 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21829 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21831 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21833 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21834 foreground and background colors respectively.
21836 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21837 bold - use bold font.
21838 italic - use italic font.
21839 underline - put a line under text.
21840 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21841 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21842 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21843 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21844 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21846 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21848 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21850 ;;;***
21852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21853 ;;;;;; 0))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21855 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21857 ;;;***
21859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21414 44327
21860 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
21861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21862 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21864 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21866 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21868 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21869 Run an inferior Python process.
21870 Input and output via buffer named after
21871 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21872 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21874 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21875 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21876 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21877 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21879 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21880 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21881 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21883 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21885 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21886 Major mode for editing Python files.
21888 \\{python-mode-map}
21890 \(fn)" t nil)
21892 ;;;***
21894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21897 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21898 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21899 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21900 coding-system.
21902 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21903 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21905 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21906 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21907 them into characters should be done separately.
21909 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21911 ;;;***
21913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21914 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21917 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21918 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21920 \(fn)" nil nil)
21922 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21923 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21924 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21926 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21927 `quail-activate', which see.
21929 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21931 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21932 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21933 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21934 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21935 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21936 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21937 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21939 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21940 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21941 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21942 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21943 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21944 shown.
21945 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21947 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21948 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21949 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21950 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21951 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21952 list of candidates.
21954 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21955 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21956 command to be called.
21958 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21959 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21960 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21961 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21963 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21964 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21965 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21966 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21967 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21968 to t.
21970 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21971 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21972 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21973 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21975 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21976 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21977 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21978 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21979 defines no translations for single character keys.
21981 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21982 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21983 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21984 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21985 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21986 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21988 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21989 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21990 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21991 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21992 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21993 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21995 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21996 covers Quail translation region.
21998 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21999 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22000 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22001 for it) is inserted.
22003 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22004 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22005 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22007 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22008 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22009 non-Quail commands.
22011 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22013 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22014 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22016 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22017 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22018 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22019 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22020 you type is correctly handled.
22022 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22025 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22027 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22028 keyboard type.
22030 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22032 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22033 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22034 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22035 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22036 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22037 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22038 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22039 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22040 for the translation.
22041 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22043 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22044 it is used to handle KEY.
22046 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22047 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22048 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22049 the following annotation types are supported.
22051 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22052 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22054 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22055 candidate list.
22057 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22058 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22059 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22060 inserted.
22062 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22063 generated for the following translations.
22065 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22067 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22068 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22070 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22071 which to install MAP.
22073 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22075 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22077 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22078 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22080 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22081 which to install MAP.
22083 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22085 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22088 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22089 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22090 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22091 a function, or a cons.
22092 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22093 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22094 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22095 for the translation.
22096 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22097 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22098 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22099 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22100 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22102 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22103 it is used to handle KEY.
22105 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22106 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22107 current Quail package.
22109 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22110 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22112 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22114 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22115 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22117 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22118 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22120 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22122 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22123 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22125 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22127 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22128 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22129 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22130 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22131 of the Emacs source tree.
22133 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22134 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22136 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22137 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22138 of each directory.
22140 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22142 ;;;***
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22145 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22148 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22149 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22150 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22151 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22153 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22155 ;;;***
22157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22158 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22161 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22162 Activate UCS input method.
22163 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22165 While this input method is active, the variable
22166 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22168 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22170 ;;;***
22172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22173 ;;;;;; 0))
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22176 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22177 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22178 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22179 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22181 To make use of this do something like:
22183 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22185 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22187 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22188 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22190 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22191 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22192 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22194 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22196 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22197 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22199 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22201 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22202 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22204 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22205 is decided.
22207 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22210 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22212 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22213 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22214 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22216 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22218 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22219 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22221 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22223 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22224 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22226 \(fn)" t nil)
22228 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22229 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22231 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22233 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22235 \(fn)" t nil)
22237 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22238 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22240 \(fn)" t nil)
22242 ;;;***
22244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21425 14635 268306
22245 ;;;;;; 0))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22248 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22249 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22251 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22253 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22257 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22259 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22262 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22264 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22265 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22266 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22269 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22271 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22273 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22274 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22276 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22277 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22281 ;;;***
22283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22284 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22287 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22289 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22290 Construct a regexp interactively.
22291 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22292 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22293 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22295 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22296 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 ;;;***
22302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22303 ;;;;;; 0))
22304 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22306 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22307 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22308 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22311 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22313 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22315 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22316 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22319 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22321 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22322 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22323 were operated on recently.
22325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22327 ;;;***
22329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21409 26408 607647 0))
22330 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22332 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22333 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22334 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22335 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22336 ends.
22338 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22339 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22340 to be deleted.
22342 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22344 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22345 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22346 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22348 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22349 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22350 deleted.
22352 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22354 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22355 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22356 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22358 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22360 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22361 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22363 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22364 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22366 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22367 deleted.
22369 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22370 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22371 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22372 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22373 even beep.)
22375 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22377 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22378 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22380 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22382 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22383 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22385 \(fn)" t nil)
22387 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22388 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22389 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22390 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22391 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22392 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22393 and point is at the lower right corner.
22395 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22397 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22400 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22401 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22403 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22404 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22405 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22407 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22409 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22411 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22412 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22413 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22414 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22415 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22417 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22418 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22420 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22422 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22423 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22424 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22426 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22428 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22430 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22432 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22435 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22436 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22437 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22439 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22441 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22442 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22443 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22445 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22446 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22447 rectangle which were empty.
22449 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22451 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22452 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22454 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22455 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22456 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22457 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22459 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22461 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22462 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22463 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22467 ;;;***
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22470 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22473 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22474 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22479 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22480 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22481 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22482 auto-filling.
22484 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22488 ;;;***
22490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21418 41409
22491 ;;;;;; 280143 158000))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22493 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22494 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22495 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22496 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22498 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22499 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22501 \(fn)" nil nil)
22503 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22504 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22506 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22507 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22509 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22510 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22511 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22512 \\ref macro.
22514 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22515 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22516 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22518 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22519 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22520 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22522 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22523 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22525 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22526 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22528 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22529 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22530 on the menu bar.
22532 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22536 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22537 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22538 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22540 \(fn)" nil nil)
22542 ;;;***
22544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22545 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22547 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22548 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22549 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22550 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22552 ;;;***
22554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22555 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22558 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22559 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22560 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22561 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22562 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22563 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22565 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22566 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22568 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22569 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22570 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22571 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22573 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22575 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22576 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22577 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22578 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22580 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22582 ;;;***
22584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22585 ;;;;;; 0))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22587 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22589 ;;;***
22591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22592 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22594 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22596 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22597 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22598 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22599 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22601 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22603 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22605 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22606 Call `remember' in another frame.
22608 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22610 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22611 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22612 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22614 \(fn)" t nil)
22616 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22617 Extract diary entries from the region.
22619 \(fn)" nil nil)
22621 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22622 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22623 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22624 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22626 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22628 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22629 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22630 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22631 minor mode.
22633 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22635 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22636 Return the buffer.
22638 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22639 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22640 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22642 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22644 ;;;***
22646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22648 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22650 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22651 Repeat most recently executed command.
22652 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22653 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22654 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22656 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22657 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22658 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22659 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22661 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22662 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22663 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22665 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22667 ;;;***
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22670 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22673 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22674 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22676 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22677 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22678 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22679 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22680 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22681 and point is left after the salutation.
22683 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22684 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22685 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22686 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22687 left after that text.
22689 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22690 is non-nil.
22692 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22693 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22694 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22695 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22697 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22699 ;;;***
22701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22702 ;;;;;; 0))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22705 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22706 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22707 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22708 visibility of comments that precede it.
22709 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22710 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22711 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22712 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22713 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22714 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22715 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22716 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22717 the comment lines.
22718 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22719 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22720 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22721 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22722 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22726 ;;;***
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22731 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22732 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22735 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22737 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22738 reveals invisible text around point.
22740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22742 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22743 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22744 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22747 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22749 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22751 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22752 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22753 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22756 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22757 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22761 ;;;***
22763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22764 ;;;;;; 0))
22765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22767 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22768 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22770 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22772 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22773 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22775 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22777 ;;;***
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22780 ;;;;;; 0))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22783 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22784 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22785 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22786 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22788 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22790 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22791 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22792 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22793 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22795 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22796 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22798 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22799 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22801 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22802 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22803 INPUT-ARGS.
22805 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22806 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22807 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22808 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22809 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22811 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22812 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22813 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22814 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22816 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22817 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22818 variable.
22820 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22822 ;;;***
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21384 23211 329821
22825 ;;;;;; 0))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22828 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22829 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22833 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22835 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22836 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22837 Its name should end with a slash.")
22839 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22840 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22842 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22843 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22844 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22846 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22848 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22849 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22850 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22851 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22852 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22853 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22854 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22856 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22857 sent by you under different user names.
22858 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22860 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22862 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22864 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22866 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22867 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22868 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22869 explicitly.")
22871 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22873 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22874 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22875 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22876 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22877 which normally happens once for each message,
22878 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22879 To make a change in this variable take effect
22880 for a message that you have already viewed,
22881 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22883 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22885 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22886 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22887 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22888 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22892 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22893 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22895 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22897 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22898 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22899 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22901 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22903 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22904 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22905 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22906 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22907 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22908 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22910 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22912 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22913 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22915 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22917 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22918 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22920 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22922 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22923 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22925 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22926 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22930 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22931 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22933 This is set to nil by default.")
22935 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22936 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22937 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22938 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22939 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22940 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22941 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22943 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22944 Read and edit incoming mail.
22945 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22946 file in RMAIL Mode.
22947 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22949 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22950 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22951 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22952 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22954 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22956 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22959 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22960 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22961 Instead, these commands are available:
22963 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22964 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22965 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22966 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22967 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22968 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22969 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22970 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22971 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22972 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22973 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22974 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22975 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22976 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22977 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22978 till a deleted message is found.
22979 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22980 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22981 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22982 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22983 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22984 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22985 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22986 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22987 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22988 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22989 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22990 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22991 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22992 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22993 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22994 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22995 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22996 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22997 (label defaults to last one specified).
22998 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22999 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23000 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23001 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23002 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23003 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23004 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23005 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23006 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23008 \(fn)" t nil)
23010 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23011 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23013 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23015 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23016 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23018 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23020 ;;;***
23022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23023 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23025 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23027 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23028 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23029 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23030 case it writes Babyl.
23032 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23033 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23034 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23035 `rmail-default-file'.
23037 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23038 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23039 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23041 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23042 the header display is currently pruned.
23044 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23045 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23046 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23047 messages after output.
23049 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23050 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23051 message (if writing a file directly).
23053 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23054 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23056 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23058 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23059 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23060 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23061 i) the header is output as currently seen
23062 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23063 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23065 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23066 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23067 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23069 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23071 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23072 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23073 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23074 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23075 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23076 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23077 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23079 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23080 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23081 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23083 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23085 ;;;***
23087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23088 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
23089 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23091 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23092 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23093 Return a pattern.
23095 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23097 ;;;***
23099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23100 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23101 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23103 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23104 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23105 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23106 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23108 \(fn)" t nil)
23110 ;;;***
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23113 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23116 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23117 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23119 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23120 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23121 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23122 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23123 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23124 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23125 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23126 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23127 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23128 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23130 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23131 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23132 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23133 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23134 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23135 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23136 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23137 to use for finding the schema.
23139 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23141 ;;;***
23143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23144 ;;;;;; 0))
23145 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23147 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23149 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23150 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23151 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23152 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23153 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23154 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23155 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23156 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23157 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23158 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23159 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23160 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23161 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23162 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23163 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23164 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23165 must be equal.
23167 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23169 ;;;***
23171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23172 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23175 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23176 Define a robin package.
23178 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23179 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23180 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23181 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23183 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23184 one replaces the old one.
23186 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23188 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23189 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23191 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23192 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23193 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23195 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23197 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23198 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23200 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23202 ;;;***
23204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23207 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23208 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23210 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23212 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23213 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23215 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23217 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23218 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23220 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23222 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23223 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23224 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23226 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23227 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23228 in ROT13.
23230 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23232 \(fn)" t nil)
23234 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23235 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23237 \(fn)" t nil)
23239 ;;;***
23241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21415 65191 692645
23242 ;;;;;; 0))
23243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23246 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23247 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23248 \\<rst-mode-map>
23250 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23251 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23252 highlighting.
23254 \\{rst-mode-map}
23256 \(fn)" t nil)
23258 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23259 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23261 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23262 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23264 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23265 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23266 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23270 ;;;***
23272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21414
23273 ;;;;;; 44327 790846 0))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23275 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23277 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23278 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23280 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23286 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23288 ;;;***
23290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 62246 751914
23291 ;;;;;; 0))
23292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23293 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23295 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23296 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23297 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23299 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23300 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23302 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23303 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23307 ;;;***
23309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23310 ;;;;;; 0))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23313 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23314 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23315 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23316 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23318 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23320 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23321 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23322 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23324 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23325 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23326 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23328 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23329 notation.
23331 STRING
23332 matches string STRING literally.
23334 CHAR
23335 matches character CHAR literally.
23337 `not-newline', `nonl'
23338 matches any character except a newline.
23340 `anything'
23341 matches any character
23343 `(any SET ...)'
23344 `(in SET ...)'
23345 `(char SET ...)'
23346 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23347 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23348 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23350 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23351 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23352 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23353 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23355 `(not (any SET ...))'
23356 matches any character not in SET ...
23358 `line-start', `bol'
23359 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23360 in the text being matched
23362 `line-end', `eol'
23363 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23365 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23366 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23367 string being matched against.
23369 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23370 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23371 string being matched against.
23373 `buffer-start'
23374 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23375 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23377 `buffer-end'
23378 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23379 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23381 `point'
23382 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23384 `word-start', `bow'
23385 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23387 `word-end', `eow'
23388 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23390 `word-boundary'
23391 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23392 word.
23394 `(not word-boundary)'
23395 `not-word-boundary'
23396 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23397 word.
23399 `symbol-start'
23400 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23402 `symbol-end'
23403 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23405 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23406 matches 0 through 9.
23408 `control', `cntrl'
23409 matches ASCII control characters.
23411 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23412 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23414 `blank'
23415 matches space and tab only.
23417 `graphic', `graph'
23418 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23419 space, and DEL.
23421 `printing', `print'
23422 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23423 and DEL.
23425 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23426 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23427 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23429 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23430 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23431 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23433 `ascii'
23434 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23436 `nonascii'
23437 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23439 `lower', `lower-case'
23440 matches anything lower-case.
23442 `upper', `upper-case'
23443 matches anything upper-case.
23445 `punctuation', `punct'
23446 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23447 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23449 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23450 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23452 `word', `wordchar'
23453 matches anything that has word syntax.
23455 `not-wordchar'
23456 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23458 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23459 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23460 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23461 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23463 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23464 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23465 `word' (\\sw)
23466 `symbol' (\\s_)
23467 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23468 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23469 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23470 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23471 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23472 `escape' (\\s\\)
23473 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23474 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23475 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23476 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23477 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23479 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23480 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23482 `(category CATEGORY)'
23483 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23484 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23486 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23487 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23488 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23489 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23490 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23491 `symbol' (\\c5)
23492 `digit' (\\c6)
23493 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23494 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23495 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23496 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23497 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23498 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23499 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23500 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23501 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23502 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23503 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23504 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23505 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23506 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23507 `ascii' (\\ca)
23508 `arabic' (\\cb)
23509 `chinese' (\\cc)
23510 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23511 `greek' (\\cg)
23512 `korean' (\\ch)
23513 `indian' (\\ci)
23514 `japanese' (\\cj)
23515 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23516 `latin' (\\cl)
23517 `lao' (\\co)
23518 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23519 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23520 `thai' (\\ct)
23521 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23522 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23523 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23524 `can-break' (\\c|)
23526 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23527 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23529 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23530 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23532 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23533 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23535 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23536 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23537 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23538 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23540 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23541 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23542 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23543 group number N.
23545 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23546 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23547 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23548 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23549 regular expression.
23551 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23552 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23553 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23554 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23555 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23557 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23558 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23560 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23561 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23563 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23564 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23565 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23567 `(* SEXP ...)'
23568 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23569 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23571 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23572 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23573 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23575 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23576 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23577 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23579 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23580 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23582 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23583 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23585 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23586 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23587 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23588 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23590 `(? SEXP ...)'
23591 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23593 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23594 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23596 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23597 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23598 matches N occurrences.
23600 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23601 matches N or more occurrences.
23603 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23604 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23605 matches N to M occurrences.
23607 `(backref N)'
23608 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23610 `(eval FORM)'
23611 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23612 `regexp-quote' it.
23614 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23615 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23617 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23619 ;;;***
23621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23622 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23624 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23626 ;;;***
23628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23629 ;;;;;; 0))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23631 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23633 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23634 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23635 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23638 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23640 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23642 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23643 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23648 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23649 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23650 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23651 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23653 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23654 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23655 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23659 ;;;***
23661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23662 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23665 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23666 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23667 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23669 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23670 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23671 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23672 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23673 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23674 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23675 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23676 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23678 Commands:
23679 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23680 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23681 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23683 \(fn)" t nil)
23685 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23686 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23687 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23689 Commands:
23690 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23691 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23692 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23693 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23694 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23695 that variable's value is a string.
23697 \(fn)" t nil)
23699 ;;;***
23701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23702 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23705 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23706 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23707 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23709 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23711 \(fn)" t nil)
23713 ;;;***
23715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21388 20265 495157
23716 ;;;;;; 0))
23717 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23719 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23720 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23721 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23724 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23726 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23728 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23729 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23734 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23735 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23739 ;;;***
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23742 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23745 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23746 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23748 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23749 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23750 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23751 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23752 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23756 ;;;***
23758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23759 ;;;;;; 0))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23761 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23762 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23764 ;;;***
23766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23767 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23769 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23771 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23772 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23773 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23775 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23776 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23777 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23778 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23779 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23780 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23781 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23782 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23783 keybinding for tag names.
23784 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23785 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23786 of the symbol under point.
23787 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23788 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23789 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23790 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23791 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23792 syntax tokens.
23793 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23795 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23797 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23798 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23799 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23802 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23804 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23806 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23807 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23810 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23812 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23813 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23814 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23815 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23816 Semantic mode.
23818 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23822 ;;;***
23824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23825 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23828 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23829 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23831 \(fn)" t nil)
23833 ;;;***
23835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23836 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23839 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23840 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23842 \(fn)" t nil)
23844 ;;;***
23846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23847 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23850 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23851 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23853 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23854 king@grassland.com
23855 If `parens', they look like:
23856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23857 If `angles', they look like:
23858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23860 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23861 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23863 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23865 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23866 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23867 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23868 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23870 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23871 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23872 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23873 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23875 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23878 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23879 This is done when the message is initialized,
23880 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23882 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23884 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23885 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23886 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23888 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23890 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23891 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23892 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23893 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23894 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23895 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23896 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23898 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23900 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23901 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23903 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23905 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23906 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23907 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23908 be a Babyl file.")
23910 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23912 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23913 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23914 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23915 when you first send mail.")
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23919 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23920 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23921 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23922 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23923 This file need not actually exist.")
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23927 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23928 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23932 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23933 Alist of mail address aliases,
23934 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23935 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23936 can specify a different file name.)
23937 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23938 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23940 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23941 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23942 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23944 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23946 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23947 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23948 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23950 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23952 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23953 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23954 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23955 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23956 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23957 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23958 in the cited portion of the message.
23960 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23961 instead of no action.")
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23965 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23966 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23967 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23968 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23969 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23973 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23974 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23975 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23976 If a string, that string is inserted.
23977 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23978 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23979 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23980 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23982 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23984 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23985 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23987 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23989 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23990 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23991 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23993 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23994 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23996 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23998 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23999 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24000 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24001 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24003 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24005 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24006 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24007 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24009 \(fn)" nil nil)
24011 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24013 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24016 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24018 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24019 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24020 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24022 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24023 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24025 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24026 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24027 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24028 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24029 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24030 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24031 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24032 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24033 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24034 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24035 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24036 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24037 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24038 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24040 \(fn)" t nil)
24042 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24043 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24044 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24045 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24049 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24050 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24051 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24052 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24053 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24054 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24056 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24057 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24058 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24060 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24061 User should not set this variable manually,
24062 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24063 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24064 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24066 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24067 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24068 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24069 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24071 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24072 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24074 \\<mail-mode-map>
24075 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24077 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24078 to move to message header fields:
24079 \\{mail-mode-map}
24081 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24082 when the message is initialized.
24084 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24085 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24087 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24088 is inserted.
24090 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24091 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24093 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24094 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24095 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24096 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24097 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24098 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24099 buffer without erasing the contents.
24101 The second through fifth arguments,
24102 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24103 the initial contents of those header fields.
24104 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24105 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24106 original message being replied to, or else an action
24107 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24108 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24109 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24110 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24111 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24112 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24114 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24116 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24117 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24119 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24121 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24122 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24124 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24126 ;;;***
24128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21351 25893 518259 0))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24131 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24133 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24135 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24137 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24138 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24139 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24140 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24141 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24142 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24144 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24145 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24147 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24148 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24149 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24151 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24152 \\[server-start].
24154 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24156 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24157 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24158 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24159 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24161 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24163 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24164 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24165 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24168 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24170 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24172 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24173 Toggle Server mode.
24174 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24175 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24176 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24178 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24179 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24180 `server-start' for details.
24182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24184 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24185 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24186 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24188 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24189 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24191 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24193 ;;;***
24195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21405 29360 677747 0))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24198 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24199 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24201 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24202 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24203 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24204 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24205 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24207 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24208 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24209 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24210 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24211 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24212 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24214 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24215 displayed.
24217 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24218 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24219 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24221 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24222 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24224 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24225 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24227 \\{ses-mode-map}
24228 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24229 part):
24230 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24231 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24232 formula:
24233 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24235 \(fn)" t nil)
24237 ;;;***
24239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21240
24240 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24243 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24244 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24245 Makes > match <.
24246 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24247 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24249 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24250 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24251 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24253 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24254 in your init file.
24256 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24258 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24259 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24260 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24264 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24265 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24266 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24267 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24268 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24269 which this is based.
24271 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24273 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24274 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24275 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24276 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24278 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24279 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24280 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24282 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24283 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24284 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24285 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24287 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24288 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24289 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24290 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24292 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24294 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24295 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24296 To work around that, do:
24297 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24299 \\{html-mode-map}
24301 \(fn)" t nil)
24303 ;;;***
24305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21419
24306 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24308 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24309 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24311 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24312 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24313 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24314 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24315 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24316 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24318 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24319 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24320 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24321 shell-specific features.
24323 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24324 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24325 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24326 \\<sh-mode-map>
24327 \\[sh-case] case statement
24328 \\[sh-for] for loop
24329 \\[sh-function] function definition
24330 \\[sh-if] if statement
24331 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24332 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24333 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24334 \\[sh-select] select loop
24335 \\[sh-until] until loop
24336 \\[sh-while] while loop
24338 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24339 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24340 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24341 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24342 would indent to the way it currently is.
24343 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24344 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24347 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24348 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24349 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24350 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24351 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24352 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24354 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24355 unquoted < insert a here document.
24357 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24358 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24359 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24361 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24362 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24364 \(fn)" t nil)
24366 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24368 ;;;***
24370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24371 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24374 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24375 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24377 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24378 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24379 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24381 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24382 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24383 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24384 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24385 the earlier.
24387 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24389 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24391 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24392 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24393 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24395 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24396 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24398 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24399 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24400 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24401 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24402 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24403 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24404 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24405 Emacs version).
24407 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24408 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24409 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24410 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24411 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24413 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24414 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24416 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24418 ;;;***
24420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24421 ;;;;;; 0))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24424 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24425 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24426 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24427 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24428 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24429 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24430 sites in the cluster.
24432 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24434 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24435 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24436 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24437 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24438 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24440 \(fn)" t nil)
24442 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24443 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24444 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24445 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24446 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24447 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24448 `shadow-define-cluster').
24450 \(fn)" t nil)
24452 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24453 Set up file shadowing.
24455 \(fn)" t nil)
24457 ;;;***
24459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24462 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24463 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24464 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24465 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24466 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24467 arguments.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24471 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24472 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24473 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24474 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24475 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24477 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24478 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24479 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24480 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24481 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24482 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24483 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24484 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24485 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24486 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24487 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24490 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24491 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24492 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24494 `default-process-coding-system'.
24496 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24497 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24498 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24499 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24501 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24505 ;;;***
24507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21327 43559 923043 0))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24510 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24511 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24513 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24515 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24516 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24517 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24518 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24520 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24522 ;;;***
24524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24525 ;;;;;; 0))
24526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24528 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24531 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24533 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24536 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24538 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24541 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24543 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24546 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24548 ;;;***
24550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24551 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24554 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24555 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24556 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24557 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24558 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24560 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24562 \(fn)" t nil)
24564 ;;;***
24566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24567 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24570 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24571 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24572 \\{simula-mode-map}
24573 Variables controlling indentation style:
24574 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24575 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24577 `simula-indent-level'
24578 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24579 `simula-substatement-offset'
24580 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24581 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24582 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24583 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24584 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24585 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24586 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24587 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24588 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24589 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24590 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24591 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24592 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24593 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24594 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24595 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24596 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24597 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24598 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24599 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24600 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24601 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24602 or nil if they should not be changed.
24603 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24604 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24605 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24606 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24608 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24609 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24611 \(fn)" t nil)
24613 ;;;***
24615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21420 38312 308000
24616 ;;;;;; 0))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24619 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24620 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24622 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24623 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24624 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24625 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24627 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24629 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24631 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24632 Insert SKELETON.
24633 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24634 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24635 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24636 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24637 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24639 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24640 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24642 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24644 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24645 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24647 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24648 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24649 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24650 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24652 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24653 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24654 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24655 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24657 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24658 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24659 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24661 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24662 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24664 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24665 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24667 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24668 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24669 is at bol/eol
24670 _ interesting point, interregion here
24671 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24672 interesting point set by _
24673 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24674 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24675 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24676 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24677 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24678 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24679 nil skipped
24681 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24682 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24684 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24685 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24686 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24687 as the first element when at bol.
24689 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24690 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24691 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24692 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24693 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24694 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24695 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24696 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24698 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24699 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24700 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24701 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24702 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24703 available:
24705 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24706 then: insert previously read string once more
24707 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24708 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24709 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24711 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24712 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24714 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24716 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24717 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24719 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24720 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24721 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24722 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24723 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24724 such as backslash.
24726 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24727 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24728 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24730 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24732 ;;;***
24734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21409 26408
24735 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
24736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24738 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24739 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24740 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24741 buffer names.
24743 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24745 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24746 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24748 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24749 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24750 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24754 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24755 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24756 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24758 \(fn)" t nil)
24760 ;;;***
24762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24763 ;;;;;; 0))
24764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24766 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24767 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24768 A list of images is returned.
24770 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24772 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24773 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24774 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24776 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24778 ;;;***
24780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24781 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24784 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24787 \(fn)" nil nil)
24789 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24790 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24792 \(fn)" t nil)
24794 ;;;***
24796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24797 ;;;;;; 0))
24798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24800 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24801 Play the Snake game.
24802 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24804 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24806 Snake mode keybindings:
24807 \\<snake-mode-map>
24808 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24809 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24810 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24811 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24812 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24813 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24814 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24816 \(fn)" t nil)
24818 ;;;***
24820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24821 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24824 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24825 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24826 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24827 Tab indents for C code.
24828 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24829 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24830 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24831 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24832 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24834 \(fn)" t nil)
24836 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24837 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24838 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24839 Tab indents for C code.
24840 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24841 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24842 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24843 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24844 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24848 ;;;***
24850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24851 ;;;;;; 0))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24854 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24855 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24856 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24857 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24858 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24860 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24864 ;;;***
24866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24867 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24870 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24871 Play Solitaire.
24873 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24874 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24875 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24876 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24877 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24878 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24879 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24880 check after each move or undo.)
24882 What is Solitaire?
24884 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24885 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24886 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24888 Le Solitaire
24889 ============
24891 o o o
24893 o o o
24895 o o o o o o o
24897 o o o . o o o
24899 o o o o o o o
24901 o o o
24903 o o o
24905 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24906 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24907 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24908 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24910 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24911 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24912 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24913 this: o o .
24915 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24916 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24918 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24920 o o o
24922 . o o
24924 o o . o o o o
24926 o . o o o o o
24928 o o o o o o o
24930 o o o
24932 o o o
24934 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24936 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24940 ;;;***
24942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24943 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24944 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24946 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24947 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24949 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24950 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24951 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24952 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24953 contiguous.
24955 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24956 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24957 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24958 the sort order.
24960 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24961 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24963 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24964 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24965 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24966 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24967 is called.
24969 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24970 It should move point to the end of the record.
24972 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24973 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24974 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24975 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24976 starts at the beginning of the record.
24978 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24979 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24980 same as ENDRECFUN.
24982 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24983 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24984 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24985 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24986 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24987 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24988 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24990 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24992 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24993 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24994 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24995 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24996 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24997 the sort order.
24999 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25001 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25002 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25003 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25004 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25005 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25006 the sort order.
25008 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25010 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25011 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25012 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25013 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25014 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25015 the sort order.
25017 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25018 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25020 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25021 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25022 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25023 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25024 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25025 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25026 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25027 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25028 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25030 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25032 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25033 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25034 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25035 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25036 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25037 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25038 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25039 the sort order.
25041 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25043 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25044 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25045 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25046 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25048 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25049 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25051 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25052 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25053 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25054 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25055 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25056 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25057 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25058 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25060 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25062 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25063 the sort order.
25065 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25066 starting with the letter \"f\",
25067 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25069 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25071 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25072 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25073 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25074 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25075 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25076 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25077 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25078 the sort order.
25080 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25081 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25082 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25083 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25084 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25086 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25088 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25089 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25090 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25092 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25094 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25095 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25096 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25097 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25098 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25099 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25100 each repeated line.
25102 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25103 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25104 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25105 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25107 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25108 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25110 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25111 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25113 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25115 ;;;***
25117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25120 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25121 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25122 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25123 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25124 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25125 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25127 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25129 ;;;***
25131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25132 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25135 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25136 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25138 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25139 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25140 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25142 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25144 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25145 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25146 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25147 server.
25149 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25151 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25152 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25153 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25155 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25157 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25158 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25159 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25160 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25161 Agent is plugged.
25163 \(fn)" t nil)
25165 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25166 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25167 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25168 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25170 \(fn)" t nil)
25172 ;;;***
25174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21335 37672 97862
25175 ;;;;;; 0))
25176 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25178 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25180 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25181 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25182 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25183 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25184 supported at a time.
25185 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25186 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25190 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25191 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25192 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25193 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25195 \(fn)" t nil)
25197 ;;;***
25199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25200 ;;;;;; 0))
25201 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25203 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25204 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25206 \(fn)" t nil)
25208 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25209 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25211 \(fn)" nil nil)
25213 ;;;***
25215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25216 ;;;;;; 928000))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25218 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25220 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25221 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25223 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25224 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25225 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25226 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25227 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25228 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25229 of the current highlighting list.
25231 For example:
25233 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25234 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25236 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25237 `_t' as data types.
25239 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25241 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25242 Major mode to edit SQL.
25244 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25245 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25246 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25248 \\{sql-mode-map}
25249 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25251 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25252 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25253 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25254 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25255 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25256 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25258 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25259 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25261 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25262 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25263 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25265 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25266 (lambda ()
25267 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25269 \(fn)" t nil)
25271 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25272 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25274 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25275 their settings.
25277 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25278 is specified in the connection settings.
25280 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25282 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25283 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25288 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25289 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25290 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25291 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25295 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25297 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25298 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25300 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25301 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25302 `*SQL*'.
25304 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25305 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25306 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25307 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25309 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25310 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25312 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25313 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25314 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25315 buffer.
25317 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25318 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25319 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25320 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25321 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25322 `default-process-coding-system'.
25324 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25326 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25328 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25329 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25331 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25332 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25333 `*SQL*'.
25335 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25336 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25337 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25338 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25340 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25341 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25343 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25344 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25345 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25346 buffer.
25348 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25349 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25350 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25351 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25352 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25353 `default-process-coding-system'.
25355 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25357 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25359 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25360 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25362 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25363 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25364 `*SQL*'.
25366 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25367 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25369 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25370 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25372 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25373 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25374 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25375 buffer.
25377 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25378 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25379 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25380 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25381 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25382 `default-process-coding-system'.
25384 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25386 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25388 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25389 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25391 SQLite is free software.
25393 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25394 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25395 `*SQL*'.
25397 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25398 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25399 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25400 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25402 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25403 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25405 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25406 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25407 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25408 buffer.
25410 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25411 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25412 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25413 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25414 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25415 `default-process-coding-system'.
25417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25419 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25421 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25422 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25424 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25426 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25427 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25428 `*SQL*'.
25430 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25431 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25432 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25433 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25435 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25436 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25438 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25440 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25441 buffer.
25443 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25444 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25445 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25446 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25447 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25448 `default-process-coding-system'.
25450 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25454 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25455 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25457 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25458 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25459 `*SQL*'.
25461 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25462 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25463 defaults, if set.
25465 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25466 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25468 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25469 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25470 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25471 buffer.
25473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25474 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25475 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25476 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25478 `default-process-coding-system'.
25480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25482 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25484 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25485 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25487 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25488 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25489 `*SQL*'.
25491 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25492 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25494 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25495 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25497 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25498 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25499 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25500 buffer.
25502 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25503 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25504 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25505 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25506 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25507 `default-process-coding-system'.
25509 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25513 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25514 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25516 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25517 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25518 `*SQL*'.
25520 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25521 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25522 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25523 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25525 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25526 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25528 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25530 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25531 buffer.
25533 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25534 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25535 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25536 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25537 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25538 `default-process-coding-system'.
25540 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25544 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25545 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25547 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25548 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25549 `*SQL*'.
25551 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25552 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25553 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25554 `sql-postgres-options'.
25556 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25557 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25559 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25560 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25561 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25562 buffer.
25564 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25565 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25566 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25567 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25568 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25569 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25570 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25571 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25573 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25574 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25580 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25581 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25585 `*SQL*'.
25587 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25588 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25589 defaults, if set.
25591 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25592 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25594 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25596 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25597 buffer.
25599 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25600 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25601 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25602 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25603 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25604 `default-process-coding-system'.
25606 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25608 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25611 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25613 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25614 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25615 `*SQL*'.
25617 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25618 automatic login.
25620 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25621 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25623 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25624 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25625 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25626 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25628 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25629 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25630 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25631 buffer.
25633 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25634 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25635 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25636 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25637 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25638 `default-process-coding-system'.
25640 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25642 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25644 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25645 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25647 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25648 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25649 `*SQL*'.
25651 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25652 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25653 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25654 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25655 parameters.
25657 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25658 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25659 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25660 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25661 an empty password.
25663 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25664 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25666 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25667 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25668 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25669 buffer.
25671 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25673 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25675 ;;;***
25677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25678 ;;;;;; 0))
25679 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25680 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25682 ;;;***
25684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25685 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25688 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25689 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25691 \(fn)" t nil)
25693 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25695 ;;;***
25697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25698 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25701 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25702 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25703 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25704 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25705 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25706 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25707 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25708 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25709 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25710 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25711 with any buffer
25712 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25713 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25714 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25715 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25717 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25719 ;;;***
25721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25722 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25724 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25725 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25726 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25727 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25728 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25729 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25731 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25733 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25735 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25736 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25737 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25738 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25739 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25740 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25741 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25743 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25745 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25746 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25747 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25748 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25749 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25750 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25751 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25753 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25755 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25756 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25757 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25759 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25761 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25762 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25763 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25765 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25767 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25768 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25770 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25772 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25773 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25775 \(fn)" t nil)
25777 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25778 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25780 \(fn)" t nil)
25782 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25783 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25784 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25785 by command name.
25786 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25788 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25790 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25791 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25792 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25795 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25797 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25799 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25800 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25803 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25805 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25806 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25807 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25808 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25809 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25811 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25812 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25813 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25814 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25816 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25820 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25821 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25822 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25823 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25825 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25827 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25828 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25830 \(fn)" t nil)
25832 ;;;***
25834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25835 ;;;;;; 0))
25836 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25838 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25839 Studlify-case the region.
25841 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25844 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25846 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25848 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25849 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25851 \(fn)" t nil)
25853 ;;;***
25855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21377 49959
25856 ;;;;;; 896066 0))
25857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25859 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25861 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25862 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25864 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25865 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25867 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25868 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25869 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25870 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25872 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25873 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25874 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25876 Nomenclature Subwords
25877 ===========================================================
25878 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25879 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25880 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25882 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25883 treat nomenclature boundaries as word bounaries.
25885 \\{subword-mode-map}
25887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25889 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25890 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25891 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25894 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25896 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25898 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25899 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25900 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25901 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25902 ARG is omitted or nil.
25904 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25905 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25906 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25911 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25916 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25917 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25918 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25919 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25921 \\{superword-mode-map}
25923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25926 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25927 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25930 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25932 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25934 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25935 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25936 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25937 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25938 ARG is omitted or nil.
25940 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25941 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25942 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25946 ;;;***
25948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25949 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25952 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25953 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25954 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25955 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25956 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25957 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25958 original message but it does require a few things:
25960 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25962 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25963 reply buffer.
25965 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25966 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25967 original message.
25969 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25971 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25973 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25974 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25975 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25977 \(fn)" nil nil)
25979 ;;;***
25981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25982 ;;;;;; 0))
25983 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25985 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25987 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25988 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25989 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25992 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25994 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25996 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25997 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25999 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26000 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26002 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26003 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26004 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26008 ;;;***
26010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26011 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26013 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26014 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26015 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26016 buffer.
26018 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26019 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26020 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26022 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26024 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26025 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26026 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26027 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26028 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26029 buffer.
26031 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26032 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26033 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26035 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26037 ;;;***
26039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26040 ;;;;;; 0))
26041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26043 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26044 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26045 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26047 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26049 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26050 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26052 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26054 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26055 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26057 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26059 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26060 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26062 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26064 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26065 Insert an editable text table.
26066 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26067 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26068 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26069 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26070 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26071 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26072 delimiting them.
26074 Examples:
26076 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26078 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26079 location of point.
26083 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26084 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26085 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26086 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26087 first cell.
26089 +-----+-----+-----+
26090 |-!- | | |
26091 +-----+-----+-----+
26093 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26095 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26096 width, which results as
26098 +--------------+-----+-----+
26099 |-!- | | |
26100 +--------------+-----+-----+
26102 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26103 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26105 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26106 | | |-!- |
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26109 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26110 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26111 width information to `table-insert'.
26113 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26115 instead of
26117 Cell width(s): 5
26119 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26120 work all together.
26122 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26123 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26125 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 |-!- | | |
26127 | | | |
26128 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26132 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26133 |-!- | | |
26134 | | | |
26135 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26136 | | | |
26137 | | | |
26138 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26142 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26143 | | | |
26144 | | | |
26145 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146 | | | |
26147 | | | |
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26151 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26152 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26153 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 | | | |
26157 | | | |
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 | | | |
26160 | | | |
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162 |-!- | | |
26163 | | | |
26164 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26166 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26167 results.
26169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26170 | | | |
26171 | | | |
26172 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26173 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26174 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26175 | | |expected results.-!- |
26176 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26177 | | | |
26178 | | | |
26179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26183 \\{table-cell-map}
26185 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26187 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26188 Insert N table row(s).
26189 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26190 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26191 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26192 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26194 \(fn N)" t nil)
26196 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26197 Insert N table column(s).
26198 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26199 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26200 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26201 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26203 \(fn N)" t nil)
26205 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26206 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26207 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26209 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26211 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26212 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26213 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26214 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26215 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26216 all the table specific features.
26218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26220 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26223 \(fn)" t nil)
26225 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26226 Recognize all tables within region.
26227 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26228 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26229 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26230 specific features.
26232 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26234 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26237 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26239 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26240 Recognize a table at point.
26241 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26242 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26243 the table specific features.
26245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26250 \(fn)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26253 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26254 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26255 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26256 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26257 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26258 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26260 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26265 \(fn)" t nil)
26267 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26268 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26269 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26270 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26271 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26272 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26273 specified.
26275 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26277 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26278 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26279 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26280 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26281 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26282 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26283 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26284 table structure.
26286 \(fn N)" t nil)
26288 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26289 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26290 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26291 table's rectangle structure.
26293 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26296 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26297 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26298 table's rectangle structure.
26300 \(fn N)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26303 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26304 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26305 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26306 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26308 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26310 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26311 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26312 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26314 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26315 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26316 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26317 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26318 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26319 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26320 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26322 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26323 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26324 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26325 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26326 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26327 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26328 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26330 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26331 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26332 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26333 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26334 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26335 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26336 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26337 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26339 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26341 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26342 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26343 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26344 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26349 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26350 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26352 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26355 Split current cell vertically.
26356 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26358 \(fn)" t nil)
26360 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26361 Split current cell horizontally.
26362 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26367 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26368 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26370 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26373 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26374 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26375 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26377 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26379 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26380 Justify cell contents.
26381 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26382 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26383 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26384 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26386 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26388 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26389 Justify cells of a row.
26390 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26391 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26393 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26395 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26396 Justify cells of a column.
26397 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26398 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26400 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26402 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26403 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26404 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26405 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26406 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26407 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26408 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26409 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26410 run-time.
26412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26415 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26416 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26417 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26418 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26419 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26420 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26421 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26422 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26423 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26424 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26426 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26429 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26430 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26431 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26432 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26433 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26434 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26435 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26436 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26437 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26438 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26439 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26440 untouched.
26442 References used for this implementation:
26444 HTML:
26445 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26447 LaTeX:
26448 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26450 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26451 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26452 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26454 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26457 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26458 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26459 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26460 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26461 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26462 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26463 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26464 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26465 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26466 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26467 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26468 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26469 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26470 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26471 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26472 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26474 Example:
26476 (progn
26477 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26478 (table-forward-cell 15)
26479 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26480 (table-forward-cell 16)
26481 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26482 (table-forward-cell 1)
26483 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26485 (progn
26486 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26487 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26488 (table-forward-cell 1)
26489 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26491 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26493 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26494 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26495 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26496 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26497 consists from cells of same height.
26499 \(fn N)" t nil)
26501 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26502 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26503 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26504 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26505 column must consists from cells of same width.
26507 \(fn N)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26510 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26511 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26512 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26513 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26514 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26515 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26516 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26517 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26518 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26519 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26520 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26521 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26522 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26523 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26526 Example 1:
26528 1, 2, 3, 4
26529 5, 6, 7, 8
26530 , 9, 10
26532 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26533 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26534 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26535 specified as 5.
26537 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26538 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26539 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26540 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26541 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26542 | | 9 | 10 | |
26543 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26545 Note:
26547 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26548 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26549 of each row is optional.
26552 Example 2:
26554 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26555 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26556 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26557 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26558 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26560 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26561 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26563 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26564 expression and raw delimiter regular
26565 expression, it parses the specified text
26566 area and extracts cell items from
26567 non-table text and then forms a table out
26568 of them.
26570 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26571 creates a single cell table. The text in
26572 the specified region is placed in that
26573 cell.-*-
26575 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26576 like this.
26578 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26579 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26580 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26582 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26583 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26584 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26585 | area and extracts cell items from |
26586 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26587 | of them. |
26589 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26590 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26591 | the specified region is placed in that |
26592 | cell. |
26593 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26595 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26596 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26597 independently.
26599 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26600 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26601 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26602 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26603 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26604 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26605 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26606 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26607 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26608 | |of them. |
26609 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26610 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26611 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26612 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26613 | |cell. |
26614 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26616 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26617 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26618 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26620 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26622 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26623 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26624 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26625 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26626 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26628 \(fn)" t nil)
26630 ;;;***
26632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26633 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26635 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26636 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26638 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26640 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26641 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26643 \(fn)" t nil)
26645 ;;;***
26647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26648 ;;;;;; 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26651 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26652 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26653 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26654 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26655 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26656 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26657 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26659 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26660 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26661 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26662 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26664 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26665 \\{tar-mode-map}
26667 \(fn)" t nil)
26669 ;;;***
26671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26672 ;;;;;; 0))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26675 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26676 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26677 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26678 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26679 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26680 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26682 Variables controlling indentation style:
26683 `tcl-indent-level'
26684 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26685 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26686 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26688 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26689 documentation for details):
26690 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26691 Controls action of TAB key.
26692 `tcl-auto-newline'
26693 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26694 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26695 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26696 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26697 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26699 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26700 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26701 already exist.
26703 \(fn)" t nil)
26705 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26706 Run inferior Tcl process.
26707 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26708 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26710 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26712 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26713 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26714 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26716 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26718 ;;;***
26720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26721 ;;;;;; 0))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26724 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26725 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26726 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26727 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26729 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26730 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26731 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26732 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26733 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26735 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26737 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26738 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26739 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26740 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26742 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26744 ;;;***
26746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
26747 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26749 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26750 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26751 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26752 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26753 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26754 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26756 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26758 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26759 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26760 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26761 commands to use in that buffer.
26763 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26765 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26767 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26768 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26770 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26772 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26773 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26774 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26775 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26776 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26777 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26778 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26779 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26780 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26781 use in that buffer.
26782 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26784 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26786 ;;;***
26788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26789 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26792 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26793 Start coverage on function under point.
26795 \(fn)" t nil)
26797 ;;;***
26799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26800 ;;;;;; 0))
26801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26802 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26804 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26805 Play the Tetris game.
26806 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26807 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26808 as to form complete rows.
26810 tetris-mode keybindings:
26811 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26812 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26813 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26814 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26815 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26816 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26817 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26818 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26819 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26821 \(fn)" t nil)
26823 ;;;***
26825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21240 46395
26826 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
26827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26829 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26830 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26832 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26834 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26835 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26836 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26837 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26838 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26840 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26842 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26843 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26844 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26845 if it matches the first line of the file,
26846 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26848 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26850 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26851 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26852 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26853 if the variable is non-nil.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26858 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26860 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26862 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26863 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26864 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26865 See the documentation of that variable.")
26867 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26869 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26870 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26871 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26872 See the documentation of that variable.")
26874 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26876 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26877 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26878 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26879 See the documentation of that variable.")
26881 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26883 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26884 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26885 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26886 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26887 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26889 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26891 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26892 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26893 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26894 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26896 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26898 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26899 User defined LaTeX block names.
26900 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26902 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26905 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26906 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26907 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26909 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26911 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26912 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26913 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26914 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26916 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26918 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26919 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26920 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26921 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26923 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26924 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26925 for example,
26927 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26928 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26930 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26931 use.")
26933 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26935 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26936 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26937 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26938 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26939 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26941 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26943 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26945 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26946 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26947 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26951 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26952 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26953 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26954 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26955 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26959 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26960 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26964 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26965 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26967 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26969 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26970 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26971 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26972 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26973 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26974 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26975 says which mode to use.
26977 \(fn)" t nil)
26979 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26981 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26983 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26985 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26986 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26987 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26988 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26989 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26991 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26992 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26993 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26994 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26995 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26996 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26997 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26999 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27000 mismatched $'s or braces.
27002 Special commands:
27003 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27005 Mode variables:
27006 tex-run-command
27007 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27008 tex-directory
27009 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27010 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27011 tex-dvi-print-command
27012 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27013 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27014 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27015 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27016 tex-dvi-view-command
27017 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27018 tex-show-queue-command
27019 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27020 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27022 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27023 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27024 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27026 \(fn)" t nil)
27028 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27029 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27030 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27031 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27032 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27034 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27035 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27036 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27037 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27038 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27039 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27040 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27042 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27043 mismatched $'s or braces.
27045 Special commands:
27046 \\{latex-mode-map}
27048 Mode variables:
27049 latex-run-command
27050 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27051 tex-directory
27052 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27053 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27054 tex-dvi-print-command
27055 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27056 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27057 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27058 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27059 tex-dvi-view-command
27060 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27061 tex-show-queue-command
27062 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27063 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27065 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27066 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27067 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27069 \(fn)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27072 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27073 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27074 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27075 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27077 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27078 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27079 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27080 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27081 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27082 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27083 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27085 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27086 mismatched $'s or braces.
27088 Special commands:
27089 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27091 Mode variables:
27092 slitex-run-command
27093 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27094 tex-directory
27095 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27096 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27097 tex-dvi-print-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27099 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27100 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27101 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27102 tex-dvi-view-command
27103 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27104 tex-show-queue-command
27105 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27106 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27108 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27109 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27110 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27111 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27113 \(fn)" t nil)
27115 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27118 \(fn)" nil nil)
27120 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27121 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27123 \(fn)" t nil)
27125 ;;;***
27127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27128 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27131 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27132 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27133 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27134 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27136 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27137 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27138 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27140 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27142 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27143 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27144 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27145 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27146 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27148 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27150 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27151 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27152 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27153 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27155 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27156 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27157 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27158 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27160 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27161 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27163 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27165 ;;;***
27167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21414 44327
27168 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27171 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27172 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27174 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27176 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27177 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27179 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27181 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27182 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27184 It has these extra commands:
27185 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27187 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27188 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27189 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27190 modified version of TeX input format.
27192 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27193 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27194 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27195 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27197 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27198 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27199 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27200 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27201 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27202 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27203 in the Texinfo file.
27205 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27206 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27207 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27208 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27209 move forward past the closing brace.
27211 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27212 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27214 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27215 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27216 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27218 Here are the functions:
27220 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27221 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27222 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27224 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27225 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27226 texinfo-master-menu
27228 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27230 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27231 which menu descriptions are indented.
27233 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27234 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27235 in the region.
27237 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27238 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27239 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27240 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27242 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27243 be the first node in the file.
27245 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27246 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27250 ;;;***
27252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27253 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27256 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27257 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27258 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27259 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27261 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27263 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27264 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27266 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27268 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27269 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27271 \(fn)" t nil)
27273 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27276 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27278 ;;;***
27280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27281 ;;;;;; 0))
27282 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27284 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27285 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27286 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27287 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27288 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27289 `line', and `page'.
27291 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27293 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27294 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27295 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27296 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27297 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27298 `line', and `page'.
27300 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27301 valid THING.
27303 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27304 positions of the thing found.
27306 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27308 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27309 Return the THING at point.
27310 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27311 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27312 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27313 `line', `number', and `page'.
27315 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27316 strip text properties from the return value.
27318 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27319 a symbol as a valid THING.
27321 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27323 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27324 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27326 \(fn)" nil nil)
27328 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27329 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27331 \(fn)" nil nil)
27333 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27334 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27336 \(fn)" nil nil)
27338 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27339 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27341 \(fn)" nil nil)
27343 ;;;***
27345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27346 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27348 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27349 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27351 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27353 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27354 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27355 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27356 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27358 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27360 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27361 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27363 \(fn)" t nil)
27365 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27366 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27368 \(fn)" t nil)
27370 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27372 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27373 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27375 \(fn)" t nil)
27377 ;;;***
27379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27380 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27381 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27383 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27384 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27385 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27387 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27389 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27390 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27392 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27394 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27395 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27396 The returned string has no composition information.
27398 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27400 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27401 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27403 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27405 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27406 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27408 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27410 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27411 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27412 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27413 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27417 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27418 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27419 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27420 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27422 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27424 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27425 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27426 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27431 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27432 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27434 \(fn)" t nil)
27436 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27439 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27441 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27444 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27449 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27451 ;;;***
27453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21393 38187
27454 ;;;;;; 675040 0))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27456 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
27458 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27459 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27460 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27461 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27462 parameters.
27463 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27464 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27465 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27467 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27469 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27470 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27471 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27472 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27473 parameters.
27474 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27475 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27476 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27478 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27480 ;;;***
27482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27483 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27485 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27486 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27488 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27489 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27491 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27492 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27493 This display updates automatically every minute.
27494 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27495 are displayed as well.
27496 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27498 \(fn)" t nil)
27500 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27501 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27502 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27505 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27507 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27509 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27510 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27513 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27515 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27516 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27517 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27518 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27519 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27523 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27524 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27525 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27526 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27528 \(fn)" t nil)
27530 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27531 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27532 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27533 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27535 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27537 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27538 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27540 \(fn)" t nil)
27542 ;;;***
27544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21361
27545 ;;;;;; 61732 646433 0))
27546 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27548 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27549 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27550 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27552 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27553 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27554 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27555 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27556 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27557 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27559 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27560 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27562 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27564 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27565 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27567 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27569 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27570 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27572 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27575 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27576 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27578 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27580 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27582 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27583 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27584 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27586 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27588 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27589 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27591 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27593 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27594 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27595 DATE should be a date-time string.
27597 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27599 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27600 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27601 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27603 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27605 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27606 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27608 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27610 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27611 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27613 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27615 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27616 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27617 TIME should be a time value.
27618 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27620 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27622 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27623 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27624 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27626 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27628 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27629 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27630 The valid format specifiers are:
27631 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27632 %d is the number of days.
27633 %h is the number of hours.
27634 %m is the number of minutes.
27635 %s is the number of seconds.
27636 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27637 %% is a literal \"%\".
27639 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27640 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27642 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27643 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27644 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27646 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27647 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27648 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27650 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27652 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27655 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27657 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27659 ;;;***
27661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27662 ;;;;;; 0))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27664 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27665 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27666 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27667 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27668 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27669 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27670 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27671 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27673 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27674 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27675 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27676 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27677 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27678 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27679 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27680 look like one of the following:
27681 Time-stamp: <>
27682 Time-stamp: \" \"
27683 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27684 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27685 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27686 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27687 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27688 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27689 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27690 the template.
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27695 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27696 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27700 ;;;***
27702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27703 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27704 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27705 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27707 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27708 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27709 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27712 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27714 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27716 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27717 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27718 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27719 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27720 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27721 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27722 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27723 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27724 display (non-nil means on).
27726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27729 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27730 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27731 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27732 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27733 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27734 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27735 this function is called within a day.
27737 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27738 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27739 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27740 discover the name of the project.
27742 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27745 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27746 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27747 begun during the last time segment.
27749 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27750 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27751 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27752 discover the reason.
27754 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27756 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27757 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27758 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27759 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27760 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27762 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27764 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27765 Change to working on a different project.
27766 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27767 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27768 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27769 working on.
27771 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27773 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27774 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27775 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27777 \(fn)" nil nil)
27779 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27780 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27781 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27783 \(fn)" t nil)
27785 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27786 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27787 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27788 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27789 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27790 \"relative to today\".
27792 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27794 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27795 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27796 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27797 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27799 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27801 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27802 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27803 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27804 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27805 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27806 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27808 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27810 ;;;***
27812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27813 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27814 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27816 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27817 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27818 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27819 the generated Quail package is saved.
27821 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27823 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27824 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27825 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27826 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27827 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27828 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27829 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27831 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27833 ;;;***
27835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27836 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27837 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27838 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27840 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27841 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27842 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27843 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27844 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27846 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27847 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27848 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27850 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27852 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27853 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27854 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27855 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27856 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27858 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27860 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27861 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27862 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27863 in the menu in two ways:
27864 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27865 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27866 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27868 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27869 keymap or an alist of alists.
27870 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27871 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27873 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27875 ;;;***
27877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21423
27878 ;;;;;; 59302 489365 0))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27881 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27882 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27884 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27885 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27886 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27887 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27888 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27889 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27890 file was last visited.
27892 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27893 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27894 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27895 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27896 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27897 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27898 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27899 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27900 for the first item.
27902 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27903 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27904 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27905 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27906 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27907 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27908 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27909 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27911 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27912 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27913 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27914 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27915 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27917 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27918 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27920 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27922 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27923 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27925 \\{todo-mode-map}
27927 \(fn)" t nil)
27929 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27930 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27932 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27934 \(fn)" t nil)
27936 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27937 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27939 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27941 \(fn)" t nil)
27943 ;;;***
27945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27946 ;;;;;; 0))
27947 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27949 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27950 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27951 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27955 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27956 Add an item to the tool bar.
27957 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27958 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27959 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27960 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27962 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27963 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27964 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27965 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27967 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27968 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27970 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27972 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27973 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27974 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27975 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27976 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27977 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27979 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27980 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27981 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27982 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27984 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27986 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27987 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27988 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27989 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27990 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27991 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27992 properties to add to the binding.
27994 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27996 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27997 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27999 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28001 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28002 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28003 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28004 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28005 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28006 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28007 properties to add to the binding.
28009 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28010 holds a keymap.
28012 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28014 ;;;***
28016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28017 ;;;;;; 0))
28018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28020 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28021 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28022 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28023 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28024 to a tcp server on another machine.
28026 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28028 ;;;***
28030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28031 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28034 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28035 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28037 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28039 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28040 Helper function to get internal values.
28041 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28043 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28045 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28046 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28047 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28048 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28050 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28051 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28052 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28053 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28054 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28056 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28057 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28058 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28059 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28061 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28063 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28065 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28066 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28067 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28068 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28070 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28072 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28074 ;;;***
28076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21406 50214 284651
28077 ;;;;;; 0))
28078 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28080 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28081 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28082 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28084 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28086 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28087 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28089 It can have the following values:
28091 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28092 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28094 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28096 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28097 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28098 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28099 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28101 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28103 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28104 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28105 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28106 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28108 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28109 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28110 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28111 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28112 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28113 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28114 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28115 files which are not really Tramp files.
28117 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28118 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28119 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28120 updated after changing this variable.
28122 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28124 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28125 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28126 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28127 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28129 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28131 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28132 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28133 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28134 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28136 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28137 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28138 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28140 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28141 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28142 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28143 updated after changing this variable.
28145 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28147 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28148 Alist of completion handler functions.
28149 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28150 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28151 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28153 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28154 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28155 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28156 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28158 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28159 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28160 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28162 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28163 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28165 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28166 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28168 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28170 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28173 \(fn)" nil nil)
28175 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28176 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28178 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28180 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28181 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28183 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28185 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28186 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28188 \(fn)" t nil)
28190 ;;;***
28192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21406 50214
28193 ;;;;;; 284651 0))
28194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28196 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28199 \(fn)" nil nil)
28201 ;;;***
28203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21240 46395 727291
28204 ;;;;;; 0))
28205 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28207 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28208 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28209 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28210 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28211 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28212 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28213 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28214 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28216 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28217 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28218 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28220 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28221 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28222 resumed later.
28224 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28226 ;;;***
28228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28229 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28232 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28235 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28237 ;;;***
28239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28240 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28242 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28243 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28244 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28246 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28247 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28248 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28249 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28250 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28251 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28252 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28256 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28257 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28258 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28259 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28261 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28263 \(fn)" t nil)
28265 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28266 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28267 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28268 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28269 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28270 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28271 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28273 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28274 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28276 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28277 \\___/\\
28278 / \\
28279 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28281 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28283 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28285 ;;;***
28287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28288 ;;;;;; 0))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28291 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28292 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28293 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28296 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28298 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28300 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28301 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28302 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28304 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28305 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28306 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28307 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28308 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28309 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28310 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28312 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28313 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28315 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28316 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28317 reset the keystroke counter.
28319 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28320 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28321 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28322 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28324 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28325 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28326 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28327 `type-break-schedule' command.
28329 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28330 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28331 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28332 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28333 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28334 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28335 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28336 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28337 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28339 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28340 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28341 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28342 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28343 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28345 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28346 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28347 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28348 approximate good values for this.
28350 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28351 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28353 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28354 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28355 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28356 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28357 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28358 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28360 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28361 a typing break occur. They include:
28363 `type-break-query-mode'
28364 `type-break-query-function'
28365 `type-break-query-interval'
28367 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28369 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28370 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28371 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28372 problems.
28374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28377 Take a typing break.
28379 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28380 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28382 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28383 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28385 \(fn)" t nil)
28387 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28388 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28389 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28390 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28392 \(fn)" t nil)
28394 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28395 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28397 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28398 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28399 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28400 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28401 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28402 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28403 average typing speed.)
28405 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28406 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28407 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28408 the computed maximum threshold.
28410 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28411 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28412 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28413 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28414 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28416 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28418 ;;;***
28420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28423 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28424 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28425 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28426 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28427 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28429 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28431 ;;;***
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28434 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28437 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28438 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28440 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28442 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28443 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28445 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28447 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28448 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28450 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28452 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28453 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28457 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28458 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28460 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28462 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28463 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28467 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28468 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28472 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28473 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28475 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28477 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28478 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28482 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28483 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28485 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28487 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28488 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28492 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28493 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28495 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28497 ;;;***
28499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28500 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28503 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28504 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28505 Works by overstriking underscores.
28506 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28507 which specify the range to operate on.
28509 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28511 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28512 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28513 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28514 which specify the range to operate on.
28516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28518 ;;;***
28520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28521 ;;;;;; 0))
28522 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28524 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28525 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28526 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28527 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28528 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28529 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28531 \(fn)" nil nil)
28533 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28534 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28535 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28537 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28539 ;;;***
28541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28542 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28545 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28546 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28547 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28548 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28550 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28552 ;;;***
28554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28557 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28558 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28559 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28560 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28561 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28563 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28564 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28565 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28566 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28567 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28568 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28570 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28571 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28572 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28574 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28575 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28576 the callback is not called).
28578 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28579 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28580 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28581 take effect.
28583 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28584 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28585 the server.
28586 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28587 URL-encoded before it's used.
28589 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28592 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28593 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28594 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28595 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28597 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28599 ;;;***
28601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28602 ;;;;;; 0))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28605 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28606 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28607 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28609 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28610 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28611 `url-generic-parse-url'
28612 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28613 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28614 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28615 realm
28616 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28617 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28618 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28619 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28620 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28621 what type of auth to use
28622 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28623 if one cannot be found in the cache
28625 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28628 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28630 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28631 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28632 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28633 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28634 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28635 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28636 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28637 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28639 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28641 ;;;***
28643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28644 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28647 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28648 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28650 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28652 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28653 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28654 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28659 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28661 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28663 ;;;***
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28666 ;;;;;; 0))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28669 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28672 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28674 ;;;***
28676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28677 ;;;;;; 377000))
28678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28680 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28681 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28682 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28687 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28688 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28689 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28691 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28692 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28693 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28694 though.
28696 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28698 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28699 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28700 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28702 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28704 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28707 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28709 ;;;***
28711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28712 ;;;;;; 0))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28715 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28716 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28718 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28720 ;;;***
28722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28723 ;;;;;; 377000))
28724 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28726 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28727 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28729 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28731 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28732 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28733 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28734 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28735 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28737 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28739 ;;;***
28741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21419
28742 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28745 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28746 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28747 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28750 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28752 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28754 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28755 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28757 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28758 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28762 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28763 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28764 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28765 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28767 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28769 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28770 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28771 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28772 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28773 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28774 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28775 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28776 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28777 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28778 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28780 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28783 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28784 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28785 accessible.
28787 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28789 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28792 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28794 ;;;***
28796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21419 62246 751914
28797 ;;;;;; 0))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28799 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28801 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28802 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28803 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28804 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28805 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28807 ;;;***
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28810 ;;;;;; 0))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28813 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28816 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28818 ;;;***
28820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28821 ;;;;;; 0))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28824 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28825 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28826 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28827 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28828 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28832 ;;;***
28834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28835 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28836 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28838 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28841 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28843 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28844 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28848 ;;;***
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28851 ;;;;;; 0))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28854 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28855 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28857 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28859 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28860 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28862 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28864 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28869 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28871 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28873 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28875 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28876 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28878 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28880 ;;;***
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28883 ;;;;;; 350000))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28886 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28894 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896 ;;;***
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28899 ;;;;;; 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28902 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28905 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28907 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28910 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28912 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28915 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28917 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28920 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28922 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28925 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28927 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28930 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28932 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28935 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28937 ;;;***
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
28940 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28943 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28944 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28946 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28949 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28950 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28952 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28953 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28954 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28955 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28956 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28957 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28958 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28959 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28960 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28961 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28962 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28963 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28964 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28965 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28967 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28968 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28969 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28971 Here is an example. The URL
28973 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28975 parses to
28977 TYPE = \"foo\"
28978 USER = \"bob\"
28979 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28980 HOST = \"example.com\"
28981 PORTSPEC = 42
28982 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28983 TARGET = \"nose\"
28984 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28985 FULLNESS = t
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28989 ;;;***
28991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
28992 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28993 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28995 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28996 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28998 \(fn)" t nil)
29000 ;;;***
29002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29003 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29004 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29006 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29007 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29008 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29009 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29010 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29011 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29013 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29015 ;;;***
29017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21307 58279
29018 ;;;;;; 19956 0))
29019 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29021 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29022 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29023 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29025 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29027 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29028 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29029 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29030 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29032 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29034 ;;;***
29036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21364 37926 837230
29037 ;;;;;; 0))
29038 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29040 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29041 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29042 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29044 If t, all messages will be logged.
29045 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29046 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29048 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29050 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29053 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29058 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29061 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29062 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29063 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29064 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29065 & ==> &amp;
29066 < ==> &lt;
29067 > ==> &gt;
29068 \" ==> &quot;
29070 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29073 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29074 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29076 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29079 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29080 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29082 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29085 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29087 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29089 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29090 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29092 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29095 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29097 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29102 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29107 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29109 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29111 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29112 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29114 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29116 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29117 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29119 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29124 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29126 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29127 Build a query-string.
29129 Given a QUERY in the form:
29130 '((key1 val1)
29131 (key2 val2)
29132 (key3 val1 val2)
29133 (key4)
29134 (key5 \"\"))
29136 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29138 This will return a string
29139 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29140 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29141 be used.
29143 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29145 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29146 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29148 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29150 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29151 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29152 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29153 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29154 forbidden in URL encoding.
29156 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29158 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29159 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29160 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29161 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29162 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29163 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29165 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29166 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29167 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29168 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29170 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29173 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29174 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29175 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29176 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29177 should return it unchanged.
29179 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29182 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29183 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29184 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29186 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29188 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29189 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29190 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29192 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29195 View the current document's URL.
29196 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29197 the minibuffer.
29199 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29201 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29203 ;;;***
29205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29206 ;;;;;; 374000))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29209 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29210 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29211 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29212 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29213 to refrain from editing the file
29214 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29215 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29216 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29217 in any way you like.
29219 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29222 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29223 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29224 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29225 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29227 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29228 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29230 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29232 ;;;***
29234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29235 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29238 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29241 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29243 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29246 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29251 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29256 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29258 ;;;***
29260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29263 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29264 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29266 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29268 ;;;***
29270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29271 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29274 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29275 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29276 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29277 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29279 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29281 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29282 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29283 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29285 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29287 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29288 Uudecode region between START and END.
29289 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29291 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29293 ;;;***
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29296 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29298 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29299 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29300 See `run-hooks'.")
29302 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29304 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29305 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29306 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29308 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29310 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29311 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29312 See `run-hooks'.")
29314 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29316 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29317 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29318 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29319 same state. If not, signal an error.
29321 For merging-based version control systems:
29322 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29323 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29324 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29325 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29326 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29327 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29329 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29330 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29331 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29332 the file(s) for editing.
29333 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29334 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29335 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29336 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29337 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29338 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29340 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29342 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29343 Register into a version control system.
29344 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29345 Otherwise register the current file.
29346 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29347 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29349 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29350 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29351 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29352 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29353 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29354 first backend that could register the file is used.
29356 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29358 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29359 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29361 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29363 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29364 Display diffs between file revisions.
29365 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29366 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29367 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29369 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29370 saving the buffer.
29372 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29374 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29375 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29376 repository history using ediff.
29378 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29380 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29381 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29382 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29383 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29384 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29386 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29387 saving the buffer.
29389 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29391 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29392 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29393 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29394 fileset with the working revision.
29395 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29396 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29398 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29399 saving the buffer.
29401 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29403 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29404 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29405 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29407 \(fn)" nil nil)
29409 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29410 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29411 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29412 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29414 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29416 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29417 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29418 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29419 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29421 \(fn)" t nil)
29423 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29424 Perform a version control merge operation.
29425 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29426 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29427 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29428 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29430 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29431 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29432 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29433 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29434 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29435 changes from the current branch.
29437 \(fn)" t nil)
29439 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29441 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29442 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29443 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29444 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29445 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29446 checked out in that new branch.
29448 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29450 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29451 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29452 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29453 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29454 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29455 allowed and simply skipped).
29457 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29459 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29460 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29461 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29462 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29463 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29465 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29466 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29468 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29470 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29471 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29472 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29473 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29474 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29476 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29478 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29479 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29480 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29482 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29484 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29485 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29486 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29488 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29490 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29491 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29492 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29493 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29495 \(fn)" t nil)
29497 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29498 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29499 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29500 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29502 \(fn)" t nil)
29504 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29506 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29507 Update the current fileset or branch.
29508 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29509 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29510 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29511 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29513 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29514 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29515 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29516 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29517 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29521 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29523 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29524 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29525 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29526 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29527 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29528 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29529 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29531 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29533 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29534 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29535 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29536 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29537 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29538 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29539 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29540 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29541 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29543 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29545 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29546 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29547 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29548 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29550 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29552 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29553 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29554 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29555 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29557 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29559 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29560 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29561 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29562 directory.
29564 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29566 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29567 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29568 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29570 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29571 log entries should be gathered.
29573 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29575 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29576 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29578 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29580 ;;;***
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21240 46395
29583 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
29584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29586 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29587 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29589 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29590 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29591 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29592 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29593 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29594 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29596 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29597 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29598 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29599 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29600 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29601 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29602 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29603 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29605 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29607 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29609 Customization variables:
29611 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29612 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29613 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29614 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29616 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29618 ;;;***
29620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29621 ;;;;;; 0))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29623 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29624 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29625 (progn
29626 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29627 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29629 ;;;***
29631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21240 46395 727291
29632 ;;;;;; 0))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29635 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29636 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29638 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29639 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29640 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29641 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29642 (progn
29643 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29644 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29646 ;;;***
29648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29649 ;;;;;; 0))
29650 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29651 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29652 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29653 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29654 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29655 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29656 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29658 ;;;***
29660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29661 ;;;;;; 0))
29662 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29664 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29665 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29666 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29667 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29668 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29670 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29671 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29672 The file lines appear later.
29674 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29675 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29677 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29679 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29681 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29683 ;;;***
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29686 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29689 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29690 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29691 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29692 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29693 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29694 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29695 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29696 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29697 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29698 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29699 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29700 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29701 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29702 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29703 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29705 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29707 ;;;***
29709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21274 64565 737222
29710 ;;;;;; 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29712 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29713 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29714 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29715 (progn
29716 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29717 (vc-git-registered file))))
29719 ;;;***
29721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21396 14374 24888 0))
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29723 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29724 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29725 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29726 (progn
29727 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29728 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29730 ;;;***
29732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29733 ;;;;;; 0))
29734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29736 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29737 Name of the monotone directory.")
29739 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29740 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29741 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29742 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29743 (progn
29744 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29745 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29747 ;;;***
29749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21379 5287 607434
29750 ;;;;;; 0))
29751 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29753 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29754 Where to look for RCS master files.
29755 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29757 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29759 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29761 ;;;***
29763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29764 ;;;;;; 0))
29765 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29767 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29768 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29769 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29771 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29773 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29775 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29776 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29777 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29778 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29780 ;;;***
29782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29783 ;;;;;; 0))
29784 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29785 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29786 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29787 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29788 "_svn")
29789 (t ".svn"))))
29790 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29791 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29792 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29794 ;;;***
29796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21383
29797 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
29798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29799 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29800 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29802 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29803 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29805 Usage:
29806 ------
29808 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29809 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29810 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29811 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29813 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29814 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29815 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29816 completions.
29818 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29819 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29821 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29822 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29824 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29825 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29826 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29828 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29831 Maintenance:
29832 ------------
29834 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29835 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29837 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29839 Official distribution is at
29840 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29843 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29844 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29846 Key bindings:
29847 -------------
29849 \\{vera-mode-map}
29851 \(fn)" t nil)
29853 ;;;***
29855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29856 ;;;;;; (21388 20265 495157 0))
29857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29859 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29860 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29861 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29862 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29863 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29865 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29867 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29868 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29870 Supports highlighting.
29872 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29873 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29875 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29877 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29878 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29879 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29880 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29881 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29882 on the left side of your screen.
29883 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29884 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29885 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29886 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29887 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29888 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29889 function keyword.
29890 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29891 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29892 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29893 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29894 if (a)
29895 begin
29896 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29897 Indentation for case statements.
29898 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29899 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29900 mark after an end.
29901 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29902 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29903 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29904 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29905 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29906 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29907 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29908 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29909 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29910 if (a)
29911 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29912 otherwise you get:
29913 if (a)
29914 begin
29915 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29916 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29917 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29918 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29919 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29920 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29921 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29922 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29923 comments in tight quarters.
29924 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29925 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29927 Variables controlling other actions:
29929 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29930 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29931 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29933 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29935 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29937 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29938 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29939 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29941 Some other functions are:
29943 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29944 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29945 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29946 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29947 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29949 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29950 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29951 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29952 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29954 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29960 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29961 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29962 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29963 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29986 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29987 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29989 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29991 \(fn)" t nil)
29993 ;;;***
29995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
29996 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
29997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29999 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30000 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30002 Usage:
30003 ------
30005 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30006 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30007 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30008 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30009 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30010 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30011 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30012 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30013 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30015 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30016 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30017 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30018 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30020 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30021 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30022 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30023 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30024 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30026 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30027 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30030 HEADER INSERTION:
30031 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30032 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30033 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30036 STUTTERING:
30037 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30038 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30039 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30040 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30042 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30043 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30044 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30045 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30046 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30049 WORD COMPLETION:
30050 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30051 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30052 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30053 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30055 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30056 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30057 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30058 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30059 beginning with \"std\").
30061 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30062 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30063 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30064 stop.
30067 COMMENTS:
30068 `--' puts a single comment.
30069 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30070 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30071 with a comment in between.
30072 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30073 out following lines.
30074 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30075 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30076 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30077 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30079 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30080 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30081 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30082 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30083 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30084 non-nil.
30086 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30087 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30088 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30089 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30090 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30091 multi-line comments.
30094 INDENTATION:
30095 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30096 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30097 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30098 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30099 the entire region.
30101 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30102 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30103 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30104 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30106 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30107 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30108 and vice versa.
30110 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30111 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30113 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30114 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30115 line.
30118 ALIGNMENT:
30119 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30120 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30121 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30122 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30123 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30124 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30125 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30126 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30128 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30129 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30130 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30131 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30132 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30133 is non-nil.
30135 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30136 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30137 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30139 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30140 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30143 CODE FILLING:
30144 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30145 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30146 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30147 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30148 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30149 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30152 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30153 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30154 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30155 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30156 command:
30158 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30161 PORT TRANSLATION:
30162 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30163 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30164 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30165 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30166 internal signal initializations (menu).
30168 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30169 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30170 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30172 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30173 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30174 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30175 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30176 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30177 in subsequent paste operations.)
30179 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30180 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30181 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30184 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30185 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30186 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30187 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30188 association list with formals).
30191 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30192 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30193 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30194 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30195 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30196 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30197 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30198 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30199 `vhdl-testbench'.
30202 KEY BINDINGS:
30203 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30206 VHDL MENU:
30207 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30210 FILE BROWSER:
30211 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30212 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30213 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30215 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30216 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30219 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30220 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30221 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30222 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30224 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30225 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30226 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30228 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30229 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30230 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30231 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30233 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30234 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30235 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30236 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30237 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30239 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30240 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30241 required by secondary units.
30244 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30245 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30246 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30247 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30248 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30249 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30250 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30251 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30252 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30253 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30254 inputs to this component -> input port created
30255 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30256 outputs from this component -> output port created
30257 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30258 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30260 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30261 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30262 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30263 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30264 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30266 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30267 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30269 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30270 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30271 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30272 component instantiation is also supported (option
30273 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30275 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30276 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30277 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30278 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30279 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30280 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30281 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30282 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30283 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30284 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30285 generating the configuration.
30287 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30288 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30289 configurations in speedbar.
30291 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30294 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30295 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30296 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30297 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30298 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30299 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30300 information. New compilers can be added.
30302 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30303 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30306 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30307 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30308 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30309 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30310 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30312 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30313 command:
30315 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30316 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30317 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30319 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30320 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30321 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30322 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30323 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30324 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30325 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30326 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30327 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30329 Limitations:
30330 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30331 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30332 not (yet) supported.
30333 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30334 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30335 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30338 PROJECTS:
30339 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30340 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30341 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30342 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30343 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30344 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30345 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30346 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30348 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30349 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30350 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30351 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30352 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30353 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30354 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30355 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30356 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30357 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30358 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30361 SPECIAL MENUES:
30362 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30363 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30364 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30365 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30366 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30367 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30368 current directory for VHDL source files.
30371 VHDL STANDARDS:
30372 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30373 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30376 KEYWORD CASE:
30377 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30378 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30379 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30380 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30381 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30382 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30383 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30384 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30387 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30388 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30389 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30390 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30391 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30392 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30393 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30395 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30396 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30397 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30398 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30399 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30400 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30402 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30403 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30404 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30405 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30406 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30407 visually.
30409 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30410 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30411 highlighted if written in lower case.
30413 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30414 highlighted using a different background color if option
30415 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30417 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30418 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30419 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30420 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30421 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30424 USER MODELS:
30425 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30426 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30427 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30430 HIDE/SHOW:
30431 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30432 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30433 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30434 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30435 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30438 CODE UPDATING:
30439 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30440 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30441 Limitations:
30442 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30443 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30444 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30445 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30446 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30447 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30448 (used to obtain the port names).
30449 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30450 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30451 sensitivity lists.
30454 CODE FIXING:
30455 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30456 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30459 PRINTING:
30460 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30461 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30462 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30463 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30464 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30465 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30466 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30467 printers.
30470 OPTIONS:
30471 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30472 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30473 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30474 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30475 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30477 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30478 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30479 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30480 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30481 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30482 INSTALL file).
30484 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30485 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30488 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30489 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30490 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30491 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30493 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30496 HINTS:
30497 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30498 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30500 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30502 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30504 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30507 RELEASE NOTES:
30508 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30511 Maintenance:
30512 ------------
30514 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30515 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30517 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30519 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30520 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30521 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30522 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30524 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30525 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30526 where the latest version can be found.
30529 Known problems:
30530 ---------------
30532 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30533 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30534 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30535 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30538 The VHDL Mode Authors
30539 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30541 Key bindings:
30542 -------------
30544 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30546 \(fn)" t nil)
30548 ;;;***
30550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30551 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30552 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30554 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30555 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30557 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30559 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30560 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30561 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30562 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30564 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30566 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30567 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30569 \(fn)" t nil)
30571 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30572 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30573 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30574 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30578 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30579 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30581 \(fn)" t nil)
30583 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30586 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30588 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30591 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30593 ;;;***
30595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30596 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30598 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30599 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30600 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30602 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30604 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30605 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30606 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30607 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30609 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30611 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30612 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30614 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30616 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30617 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30618 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30619 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30620 moving around in the buffer.
30621 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30622 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30624 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30626 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30628 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30629 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30630 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30631 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30633 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30634 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30635 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30636 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30637 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30639 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30641 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30643 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30644 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30645 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30646 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30647 buffer.
30649 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30650 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30651 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30652 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30653 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30655 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30657 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30659 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30660 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30661 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30662 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30663 moving around in the buffer.
30664 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30665 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30667 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30669 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30670 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30671 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30673 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30674 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30675 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30676 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30678 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30679 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30680 own View-like bindings.
30682 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30684 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30685 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30686 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30687 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30688 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30689 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30692 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30694 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30696 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30697 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30698 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30700 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30701 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30702 own View-like bindings.
30704 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30706 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30707 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30708 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30709 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30710 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30711 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30712 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30714 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30716 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30718 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30719 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30720 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30722 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30723 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30724 own View-like bindings.
30726 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30728 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30729 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30734 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30735 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30736 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30737 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30739 \\<view-mode-map>
30741 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30742 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30743 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30744 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30745 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30746 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30747 to a repeat count of one.
30749 H, h, ? This message.
30750 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30751 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30752 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30753 > move to the end of buffer.
30754 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30755 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30756 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30757 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30758 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30759 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30760 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30761 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30762 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30763 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30764 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30765 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30766 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30767 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30768 Use this to view a changing file.
30769 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30770 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30771 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30772 . set the mark.
30773 x exchanges point and mark.
30774 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30775 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30776 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30777 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30778 ' go to position saved in character register.
30779 s do forward incremental search.
30780 r do reverse incremental search.
30781 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30782 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30783 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30784 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30785 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30786 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30787 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30788 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30789 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30790 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30791 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30792 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30793 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30794 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30795 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30796 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30797 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30799 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30800 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30801 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30802 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30803 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30804 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30805 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30806 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30807 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30809 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30813 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30814 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30815 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30816 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30817 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30818 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30819 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30820 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30821 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30823 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30825 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30827 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30828 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30829 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30830 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30831 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30832 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30834 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30835 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30836 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30838 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30840 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30842 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30844 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30845 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30847 \(fn)" t nil)
30849 ;;;***
30851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
30852 ;;;;;; 0))
30853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30854 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30856 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30857 Toggle Viper on/off.
30858 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30860 \(fn)" t nil)
30862 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30863 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30865 \(fn)" t nil)
30867 ;;;***
30869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
30870 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
30871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30873 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30874 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30875 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30876 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30877 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30878 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30879 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30880 the beginning of the warning.")
30882 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30883 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30884 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30885 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30886 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30887 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30888 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30889 also call that function before the next warning.")
30891 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30892 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30894 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30895 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30896 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30897 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30899 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30900 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30901 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30902 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30903 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30904 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30906 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30907 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30908 Default is :warning.
30910 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30911 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30912 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30913 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30914 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30915 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30917 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30918 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30919 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30921 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30923 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30924 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30926 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30928 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30929 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30930 \\<special-mode-map>
30931 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30932 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30934 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30935 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30936 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30937 can be whatever you like.)
30939 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30940 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30942 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30943 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30944 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30945 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30946 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30948 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30950 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30951 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30952 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30953 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30954 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30956 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30958 ;;;***
30960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30961 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30962 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30964 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30965 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30966 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30967 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30968 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30969 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30970 directories to reflect your edits.
30972 See `wdired-mode'.
30974 \(fn)" t nil)
30976 ;;;***
30978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
30979 ;;;;;; 0))
30980 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30982 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30983 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30985 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30986 hotlist.
30988 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30989 <nwv@acm.org>.
30991 \(fn)" t nil)
30993 ;;;***
30995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
30996 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30998 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30999 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31001 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31003 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31004 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31005 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31008 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31010 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31012 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31013 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31015 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31016 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31018 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31019 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31020 in certain major modes.
31022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31024 ;;;***
31026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21384 23211 329821
31027 ;;;;;; 0))
31028 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31029 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31031 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31032 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31037 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31038 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31042 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31043 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31048 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31049 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31050 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31051 use `whitespace-mode'.
31053 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31057 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31058 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31059 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31062 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31064 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31066 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31067 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31069 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31070 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31072 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31073 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31077 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31078 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31079 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31082 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31084 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31086 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31087 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31089 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31090 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31092 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31093 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31094 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31095 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31097 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31101 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31102 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31104 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31105 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31107 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31108 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31110 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31112 CHAR MEANING
31113 (VIA FACES)
31114 f toggle face visualization
31115 t toggle TAB visualization
31116 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31117 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31118 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31119 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31120 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31121 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31122 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31123 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31124 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31125 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31126 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31127 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31128 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31129 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31130 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31132 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31133 T toggle TAB visualization
31134 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31135 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31137 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31138 ? display brief help
31140 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31141 The valid symbols are:
31143 face toggle face visualization
31144 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31145 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31146 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31147 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31148 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31149 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31150 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31151 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31152 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31153 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31154 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31155 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31156 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31157 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31158 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31159 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31161 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31162 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31163 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31165 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31167 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31171 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31172 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31174 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31175 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31177 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31178 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31180 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31182 CHAR MEANING
31183 (VIA FACES)
31184 f toggle face visualization
31185 t toggle TAB visualization
31186 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31187 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31188 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31189 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31190 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31191 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31192 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31193 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31194 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31195 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31196 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31197 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31198 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31199 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31200 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31202 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31203 T toggle TAB visualization
31204 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31205 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31207 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31208 ? display brief help
31210 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31211 The valid symbols are:
31213 face toggle face visualization
31214 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31215 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31216 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31217 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31218 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31219 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31220 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31221 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31222 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31223 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31224 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31225 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31226 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31227 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31228 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31229 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31231 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31232 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31233 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31235 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31237 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31241 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31242 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31244 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31245 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31246 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31247 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31248 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31250 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31252 The problems cleaned up are:
31254 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31255 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31256 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31257 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31259 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31260 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31261 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31262 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31263 SPACEs.
31264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31265 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31266 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31267 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31269 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31270 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31271 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31272 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31274 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31276 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31278 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31280 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31282 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31283 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31284 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31285 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31287 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31288 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31289 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31291 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31292 documentation.
31294 \(fn)" t nil)
31296 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31297 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31299 The problems cleaned up are:
31301 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31302 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31303 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31304 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31305 SPACEs.
31306 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31307 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31308 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31309 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31311 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31312 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31313 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31314 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31315 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31316 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31318 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31320 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31321 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31322 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31324 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31326 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31327 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31328 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31329 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31330 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31331 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31333 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31334 documentation.
31336 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31338 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31339 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31341 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31343 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31345 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31346 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31348 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31349 non-nil.
31351 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31352 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31353 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31355 empty
31356 trailing
31357 indentation
31358 space-before-tab
31359 space-after-tab
31361 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31362 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31363 report problems.
31365 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31367 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31368 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31369 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31370 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31371 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31372 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31373 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31375 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31376 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31377 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31378 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31379 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31380 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31381 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31383 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31384 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31385 cleaning up these problems.
31387 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31389 ;;;***
31391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31392 ;;;;;; 0))
31393 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31395 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31396 Browse the widget under point.
31398 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31400 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31401 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31403 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31405 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31406 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31408 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31410 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31411 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31413 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31414 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31418 ;;;***
31420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21414 44327 790846
31421 ;;;;;; 0))
31422 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31424 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31425 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31427 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31429 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31430 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31431 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31433 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31435 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31436 Create widget of TYPE.
31437 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31439 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31441 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31442 Delete WIDGET.
31444 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31446 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31447 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31449 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31451 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31452 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31453 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31454 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31456 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31457 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31459 \(fn)" nil nil)
31461 ;;;***
31463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31464 ;;;;;; 0))
31465 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31467 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31468 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31469 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31470 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31471 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31472 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31473 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31477 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31478 Select the window above the current one.
31479 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31480 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31481 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31482 negative ARG) of the current window.
31483 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31487 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31488 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31489 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31490 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31491 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31492 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31493 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31497 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31498 Select the window below the current one.
31499 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31500 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31501 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31502 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31503 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31507 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31508 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31509 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31510 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31512 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31514 ;;;***
31516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31517 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31519 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31520 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31521 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31524 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31526 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31528 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31529 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31531 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31532 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31533 \\{winner-mode-map}
31535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31537 ;;;***
31539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21393 38187 675040 0))
31540 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31541 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31543 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31544 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31545 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31546 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31547 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31549 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31551 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31552 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31553 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31554 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31555 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31556 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31557 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31558 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31560 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31561 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31563 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31565 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31566 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31568 \(fn)" t nil)
31570 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31571 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31572 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31573 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31574 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31575 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31576 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31577 `woman' command for further details.
31579 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31581 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31582 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31584 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31586 ;;;***
31588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31589 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31591 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31592 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31593 Return the top node with all its children.
31594 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31596 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31597 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31598 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31600 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31602 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31603 namespace to URIs instead.
31605 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31606 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31608 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31610 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31612 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31614 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31615 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31616 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31617 not contain well-formed XML.
31619 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31620 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31621 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31622 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31623 element of the list.
31624 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31625 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31626 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31628 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31630 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31631 namespace to URIs instead.
31633 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31634 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31636 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31638 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31640 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31642 ;;;***
31644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31645 ;;;;;; 0))
31646 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31648 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31649 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31650 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31651 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31652 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31653 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31654 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31655 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31656 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31657 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31659 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31661 ;;;***
31663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21414 44327 790846
31664 ;;;;;; 0))
31665 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31667 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31668 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31669 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31672 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31674 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31676 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31677 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31678 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31679 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31680 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31682 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31683 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31684 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31685 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31686 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31687 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31691 ;;;***
31693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31696 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31697 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31699 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31701 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31702 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31704 \(fn)" nil nil)
31706 ;;;***
31708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31711 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31712 Zone out, completely.
31714 \(fn)" t nil)
31716 ;;;***
31718 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/crisp.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el" "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-acc.el" "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "obsolete/levents.el" "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lucid.el" "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mouse-sel.el" "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "obsolete/tpu-edt.el" "obsolete/tpu-extras.el" "obsolete/tpu-mapper.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/vi.el" "obsolete/vip.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ws-mode.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21426 35556 729434
31942 ;;;;;; 927000))
31944 ;;;***
31946 (provide 'loaddefs)
31947 ;; Local Variables:
31948 ;; version-control: never
31949 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31950 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31951 ;; coding: utf-8
31952 ;; End:
31953 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here